1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
55 % to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia
56 \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
57 \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
59 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
60 \use_default_options false
65 \maintain_unincluded_children false
67 \language_package default
72 \font_typewriter default
73 \font_default_family default
74 \use_non_tex_fonts false
81 \default_output_format default
83 \bibtex_command default
84 \index_command default
88 \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
93 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
94 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
95 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
100 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
101 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
111 \paperorientation portrait
114 \notefontcolor #0000ff
131 \paragraph_separation indent
132 \paragraph_indentation default
133 \quotes_language english
136 \paperpagestyle default
137 \tracking_changes false
138 \output_changes false
147 Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX
155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
157 Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
162 Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
163 silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list LyX,
166 \begin_inset CommandInset href
168 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
182 \begin_inset Newline newline
186 \begin_inset Newline newline
190 \begin_inset Note Note
193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
194 Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
195 \begin_inset Newline newline
200 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
210 LatexCommand tableofcontents
217 \begin_layout Chapter
221 \begin_layout Section
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 LyX adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
227 manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 LyX menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
239 yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 , tidak perlu menyatakan
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
252 Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
256 pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 LyX yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
266 Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
270 \begin_layout Standard
271 Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
285 sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
288 \begin_layout Standard
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
301 , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi LyX, juga menjelaskan tentang format
302 penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
303 Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
304 Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
305 ini adalah buku panduan
306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
320 \begin_layout Section
321 Bagaimana Tampilan LyX
324 \begin_layout Standard
325 Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, LyX mempunyai kotak menu utama di
326 bagian atas jendela kerja.
327 Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
328 berbagai tombol bantuan.
329 Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
336 Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
337 merupakan kesengajaan.
338 Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja LyX akan selalu diteruskan di baris
339 bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
340 Oleh karena itu, LyX tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
342 Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
343 Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
344 Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
345 gambar di LyX agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja LyX.
346 Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
347 yang melebihi area kerja.
348 Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
349 dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
350 Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
351 dan melebihi area kerja.
354 \begin_layout Standard
355 Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu LyX serta tombol bantuan yang ada,
356 silahkan membaca di Lampiran
361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
363 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
368 Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
369 Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
377 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
385 \begin_layout Section
389 \begin_layout Standard
390 Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan LyX.
395 buku panduan dalam LyX.
396 Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
400 , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
403 \begin_layout Section
405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
407 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
414 \begin_layout Standard
415 Ada beberapa fitur LyX dapat diatur dari dalam LyX, tanpa melakukan perubahan
416 atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
417 LyX mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
418 LaTeX, serta paket LaTeX yang tersedia.
419 Dengan kemampuan ini, LyX menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
425 \begin_inset Index idx
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
435 Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
436 LyX, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
437 lokal, misalnya LaTeX class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh LyX.
438 Untuk memaksa LyX untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka
441 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
445 \begin_inset Index idx
448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
449 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
455 Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang LyX untuk
456 memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam LyX.
459 \begin_layout Section
461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
463 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
470 \begin_layout Standard
471 Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam LyX tanpa instalasi LaTeX, namun demikian
472 anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa
474 Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
475 PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
476 keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
479 \begin_layout Standard
480 Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class LaTeX atau DocBook atau
482 Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
483 berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
484 Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
488 \begin_layout Standard
489 Semua paket LaTeX yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat
492 Bantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
511 Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
512 paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
514 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
522 \begin_inset Note Note
525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
526 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
534 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
535 More about TeX Code is described in section
540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
542 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
546 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
553 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
563 \begin_inset Index idx
566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
567 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
572 Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket LaTeX, silahkan
573 lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
575 Perubahan dan Pengaturan
580 \begin_layout Chapter
581 Bagaimana Menggunakan LyX
584 \begin_layout Section
585 Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
586 \begin_inset Index idx
589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
598 \begin_layout Standard
599 Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
603 serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
604 Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
607 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
620 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_inset Graphics
645 filename ../../images/file-open.png
653 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_inset Graphics
666 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
674 \begin_layout Itemize
692 \begin_layout Itemize
702 \begin_layout Itemize
712 \begin_layout Itemize
718 \begin_layout Itemize
724 \begin_layout Itemize
730 \begin_inset Graphics
731 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
739 \begin_layout Itemize
745 \begin_layout Standard
746 Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
748 Hanya saja di LyX ada sedikit perbedaan.
749 Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
751 Berkas\SpecialChar \menuseparator
753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
762 bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
763 templet yang akan anda gunakan.
764 Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
765 dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
766 Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
773 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
780 \begin_layout Standard
797 sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
803 Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
804 Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
823 akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
824 Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
832 untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
833 berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
834 Dengan operasi berkas
842 anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
843 akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
846 \begin_layout Section
847 Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
848 \begin_inset Index idx
851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
860 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
867 \begin_layout Standard
868 Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong
869 dan tempel dalam LyX dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata,
870 maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman.
871 Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada
872 dalam LyX dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya.
873 Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel.
876 \begin_layout Standard
877 Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu
881 dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta
882 fitur suntingan lainnya.
883 Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan
884 dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya.
885 Perintah suntingan utama adalah:
888 \begin_layout Itemize
894 \begin_inset Graphics
895 filename ../../images/cut.png
903 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_inset Graphics
910 filename ../../images/copy.png
918 \begin_layout Itemize
924 \begin_inset Graphics
925 filename ../../images/paste.png
933 \begin_layout Itemize
937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
947 \begin_layout Itemize
951 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
957 \begin_layout Itemize
961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
971 \begin_inset Graphics
972 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
981 \begin_layout Standard
982 Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya
984 Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen
985 anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip.
994 juga berfungsi sebagai perintah
999 Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap
1000 hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka LyX akan menghapus
1001 teks yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter
1003 Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah
1007 agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula.
1010 \begin_layout Standard
1011 \begin_inset Index idx
1014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1020 Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di LyX juga dari program lainnya menggunakan
1039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1054 akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1060 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1075 akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks
1076 yang disisipkan dalam
1081 Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong.
1086 , teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi
1090 \begin_layout Standard
1091 \begin_inset Index idx
1094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1101 \begin_inset Index idx
1104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1112 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1131 akan membuka jendela dialog
1134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1144 Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, LyX akan
1146 Dengan menekan tombol
1150 , kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area
1156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1164 Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya.
1165 Jika anda menekan tombol
1170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1177 maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis.
1181 \begin_layout Standard
1182 Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan
1185 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1225 anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan.
1226 Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan
1229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1238 , maka pencarian kata
1239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1271 akan memaksa LyX hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian
1272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1283 tidak akan menemukan
1284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1298 LyX offers also an advanced
1301 \begin_inset space ~
1305 \begin_inset space ~
1310 feature that is described in sec.
1311 \begin_inset space ~
1315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1317 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1324 \begin_layout Standard
1325 Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat
1327 Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi
1329 Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi
1330 paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik
1334 atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan
1342 \begin_layout Standard
1345 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1348 arg "inset-select-all"
1354 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1357 selects the whole document.
1360 \begin_layout Section
1361 Batalkan dan Kembalikan
1362 \begin_inset Index idx
1365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1372 \begin_inset Index idx
1375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1384 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1391 \begin_layout Standard
1392 Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya.
1393 Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan
1395 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1398 atau dari tombol bantuan
1403 \begin_inset Graphics
1404 filename ../../images/undo.png
1409 untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan.
1410 LyX mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalka
1412 Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100
1413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1417 Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih,
1418 anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu
1420 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1423 atau dengan menekan tombol
1424 \begin_inset Graphics
1425 filename ../../images/redo.png
1433 \begin_layout Standard
1434 Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir
1435 disimpan, status dokumen
1436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1443 tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan.
1444 Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen.
1447 \begin_layout Standard
1456 dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di LyX.
1457 Namun demikian proses
1465 pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan
1469 \begin_layout Section
1471 \begin_inset Index idx
1474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1483 \begin_layout Standard
1484 Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus.
1487 \begin_layout Enumerate
1492 \begin_layout Itemize
1497 sekali di daerah jendela kerja LyX.
1498 Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol
1503 \begin_layout Enumerate
1504 Memilih dan Menandai Teks
1508 \begin_layout Itemize
1513 kemudian seret tetikus.
1514 LyX akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke
1515 tempat posisi kursor setelah diseret.
1518 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1521 untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan LyX (dan papan klip).
1524 \begin_layout Itemize
1525 Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke
1526 lokasi baru, menggunakan
1528 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1535 \begin_layout Enumerate
1536 Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.)
1540 \begin_layout Standard
1545 pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya.
1546 Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan
1551 \begin_layout Section
1553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1555 name "sec:Navigating"
1560 \begin_inset Index idx
1563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1572 \begin_layout Standard
1575 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1578 \begin_layout Itemize
1585 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1586 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1589 \begin_layout Itemize
1592 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1594 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1597 or by the toolbar button
1600 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1606 \begin_layout Itemize
1609 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1611 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1614 and use the same menu to return to them.
1615 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1618 \begin_layout Standard
1624 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1629 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1630 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1633 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1634 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1635 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1636 your last editing position.
1639 \begin_layout Subsection
1645 \begin_layout Standard
1648 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1656 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1657 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1658 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1659 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1660 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1663 LatexCommand formatted
1664 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1668 ), or notes, or citations (see
1669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1670 LatexCommand formatted
1671 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1676 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1678 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1679 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1680 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1681 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1684 LatexCommand formatted
1685 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1689 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1691 LatexCommand formatted
1692 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1697 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1701 \begin_layout Standard
1704 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1705 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1706 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1707 dialog and to modify the citation.
1708 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1712 \begin_layout Standard
1715 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1717 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1718 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1726 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1729 \begin_layout Standard
1732 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1733 you further to control the display.
1738 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1739 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1744 option keeps it in the current view state.
1745 Keeping means that when you have e.
1746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1750 \begin_inset space \space{}
1753 the subsections of section
1754 \begin_inset space ~
1757 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1758 \begin_inset space ~
1761 3, the subsections of section
1762 \begin_inset space ~
1765 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1770 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1771 \begin_inset space ~
1775 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1785 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1788 \begin_layout Standard
1792 \begin_inset space ~
1796 \begin_inset Graphics
1797 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/reload.png
1802 \begin_inset space ~
1805 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1806 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1809 \begin_inset space \space{}
1813 \begin_inset Graphics
1814 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/down.png
1816 groupId toolbarbuttons
1821 \begin_inset space ~
1825 \begin_inset space \space{}
1829 \begin_inset Graphics
1830 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/up.png
1832 groupId toolbarbuttons
1837 \begin_inset space ~
1840 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1841 So, for example, you can move section
1842 \begin_inset space ~
1846 \begin_inset space ~
1849 2.4 or after section
1850 \begin_inset space ~
1854 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1856 \begin_inset Graphics
1857 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/promote.png
1859 groupId toolbarbuttons
1864 \begin_inset Graphics
1865 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/demote.png
1867 groupId toolbarbuttons
1871 (or the corresponding key bindings
1879 ) you can change the level of sections.
1880 So you can for example make section
1881 \begin_inset space ~
1885 \begin_inset space ~
1889 \begin_inset space ~
1895 \begin_layout Section
1896 Masukan / Melengkapi Kata
1897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1899 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1904 \begin_inset Index idx
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1914 \begin_inset Index idx
1917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1948 \begin_layout Standard
1949 LyX menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari
1950 hasil memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka.
1951 Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk
1952 digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan.
1955 \begin_layout Standard
1956 Pengaturan bawaan LyX untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling
1957 sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa
1958 sudah ada kata tersedia.
1959 Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol
1963 untuk melengkapi kata.
1964 Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan
1965 menampilkan kata-kata tersebut.
1966 Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian
1967 menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1976 Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan
1979 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1982 kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan
1984 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1986 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1991 anda perlu melepaskan pilihan
1996 Sedangkan pengaturan
1998 Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris
2000 , pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor.
2001 Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol
2007 Apabila menggunakan pengaturan
2009 Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis
2011 , maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan.
2012 LyX mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir.
2013 Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab.
2014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2020 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
2027 \begin_layout Section
2028 Gabungan tombol ketik
2029 \begin_inset Index idx
2032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2033 Gabungan tombol ketik
2039 \begin_inset Index idx
2042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2054 Gabungan tombol ketik
2058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2071 \begin_inset Index idx
2074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2106 Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs.
2107 Bawaan LyX menggunakan CUA.
2110 \begin_layout Standard
2111 Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti
2114 \begin_inset space ~
2122 \begin_inset space ~
2143 , sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan.
2144 Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya.
2147 \begin_layout Labeling
2148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2152 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2153 LatexCommand nomenclature
2155 description "Tombol ketik Tabulator"
2161 LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab.
2162 Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih
2164 \begin_inset space ~
2168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2170 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2177 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2182 \begin_inset space ~
2186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2188 reference "sub:Lists"
2194 Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca
2202 \begin_layout Labeling
2203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2207 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2208 LatexCommand nomenclature
2210 description "Tombol ketik Escape"
2216 Tombol ini digunakan sebagai
2217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2224 Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan.
2225 Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya.
2228 \begin_layout Labeling
2229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2235 \begin_inset space ~
2239 \begin_inset space ~
2250 akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol
2254 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris.
2255 Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs,
2259 memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara
2263 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas.
2266 \begin_layout Standard
2267 Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah:
2270 \begin_layout Labeling
2271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2276 (Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan
2277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2289 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2290 LatexCommand nomenclature
2292 description "Tombol ketik Control"
2296 ) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain
2297 yang dikombinasikan:
2301 \begin_layout Itemize
2310 , akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter.
2313 \begin_layout Itemize
2322 , akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan.
2325 \begin_layout Itemize
2334 , akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen.
2338 \begin_layout Labeling
2339 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2344 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2357 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2358 LatexCommand nomenclature
2360 description "Tombol ketik Shift"
2364 ) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai
2365 dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan.
2368 \begin_layout Labeling
2369 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2374 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2387 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2388 LatexCommand nomenclature
2390 description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta"
2394 ) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan
2395 ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta.
2396 Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol
2397 yang benar-benar aktif sebagai
2402 Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol
2407 Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and
2408 memilih menu tersebut.
2412 \begin_layout Standard
2413 Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol
2414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2420 \begin_inset space ~
2424 \begin_inset space ~
2430 \begin_inset space ~
2434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2437 akan membawa anda ke dialog
2438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2453 \begin_inset space ~
2459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2469 \begin_layout Standard
2474 memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol
2483 \begin_layout Standard
2484 Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan
2485 yang digunakan di LyX, karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan
2486 aksi yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa
2487 anda pilih di jendela status bawah.
2488 Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan
2489 di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda.
2490 Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga
2492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2507 diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar
2514 \begin_layout Standard
2515 Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu
2517 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2522 Penyuntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2524 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2529 seperti dijelaskan di subbab
2530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2536 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2543 \begin_layout Chapter
2545 \begin_inset Index idx
2548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2557 \begin_layout Section
2559 \begin_inset Index idx
2562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2571 \begin_layout Subsection
2575 \begin_layout Standard
2576 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2577 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2578 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2579 numbering schemes, and so on.
2580 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2581 and format the title of your document differently.
2584 \begin_layout Standard
2589 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2590 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2591 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2592 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2593 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2596 \begin_layout Standard
2597 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2598 how to adjust their properties.
2601 \begin_layout Subsection
2603 \begin_inset Index idx
2606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2615 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2622 \begin_layout Standard
2623 You can select a class using the
2625 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2626 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2630 \begin_inset Index idx
2633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2640 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2648 \begin_layout Standard
2649 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2653 \begin_layout Description
2654 Article for basic articles
2657 \begin_layout Description
2658 Report for basic reports
2661 \begin_layout Description
2662 Book for writing a book
2665 \begin_layout Description
2666 Letter for US-style letters
2669 \begin_layout Standard
2670 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2671 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2672 will include many of these.
2673 Here are some of the classes.
2674 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2676 Special Document Classes
2685 \begin_layout Description
2686 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2689 \begin_layout Description
2690 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2694 \begin_layout Description
2695 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2699 \begin_layout Description
2700 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2701 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2702 There are three article layouts available.
2703 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2704 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2705 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2706 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2711 sequential numbering
2712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2715 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2716 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2717 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2718 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2721 \begin_layout Description
2722 Beamer Layout for presentations
2725 \begin_layout Description
2726 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2727 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2731 \begin_layout Description
2732 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2735 \begin_layout Description
2737 \begin_inset space ~
2740 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2743 \begin_layout Description
2744 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2747 \begin_layout Description
2748 Foils Used to make transparencies
2751 \begin_layout Description
2752 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2753 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2757 \begin_layout Description
2758 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2759 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2762 \begin_layout Description
2763 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2766 \begin_layout Description
2767 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2770 \begin_layout Description
2771 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2772 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2773 (Is used by this document.)
2776 \begin_layout Description
2777 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2780 \begin_layout Description
2781 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2784 \begin_layout Description
2789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2796 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2797 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2799 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2802 \begin_layout Description
2803 Slides Used to make transparencies
2806 \begin_layout Description
2808 \begin_inset space ~
2811 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2812 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2815 \begin_layout Description
2816 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2819 \begin_layout Standard
2820 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2822 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2828 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2829 of the document classes.
2832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2836 \begin_layout Standard
2837 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2841 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2843 \begin_inset Index idx
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2863 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2864 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2868 \begin_inset space ~
2875 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2876 that are not installed to produce output.
2877 So it seems that something is wrong.
2880 \begin_layout Standard
2881 But nothing is wrong.
2882 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2883 and some of them, like
2887 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2888 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2889 files, with a growing number.
2890 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2891 by some document class.
2892 There are just too many of them.
2893 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2896 \begin_layout Standard
2897 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2898 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2899 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2900 document class for a new file.
2901 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2906 Installing new LaTeX files
2907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2914 manual for information on how to install them.
2915 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2921 \begin_layout Standard
2922 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2923 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2925 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2926 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2927 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2929 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2932 \begin_inset space ~
2939 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2951 \begin_inset Index idx
2954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2963 \begin_layout Standard
2964 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2965 chosen document class.
2966 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2967 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2974 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2978 \begin_inset Index idx
2981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2988 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2992 \begin_layout Standard
2993 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2994 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2995 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2996 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2997 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2998 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2999 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
3001 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3005 \begin_inset Index idx
3008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3009 Reconfiguration of LyX
3015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3018 Installing new LaTeX files
3019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3026 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
3029 \begin_layout Standard
3030 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3038 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
3039 LyX will advise you about these things.
3047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3051 name "sub:Local-Layout"
3056 \begin_inset Index idx
3059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3060 Document ! Local Layout
3068 \begin_layout Standard
3069 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
3070 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
3071 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
3072 writing a module for this purpose.
3073 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
3074 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
3076 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
3077 What you want is LyX's
3078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3094 manual for information on how to use it.
3097 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3101 \begin_layout Standard
3102 Each class has a default set of options.
3103 Here's a quick table describing them:
3106 \begin_layout Standard
3107 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3113 \begin_layout Standard
3115 \begin_inset Tabular
3116 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3117 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3118 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3119 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3120 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3121 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3122 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3576 \begin_layout Standard
3577 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3583 \begin_layout Standard
3584 You're probably also wondering what
3585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3589 \begin_inset space ~
3593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3597 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3598 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3603 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3608 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3618 headings, there are also
3626 headings, and so on.
3627 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3628 \begin_inset space ~
3632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3634 reference "sub:Headings"
3641 \begin_layout Subsection
3643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3645 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3650 \begin_inset Index idx
3653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3662 \begin_inset Index idx
3665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3674 \begin_layout Standard
3675 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3677 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3688 \begin_inset space ~
3693 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3695 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3696 to use for your document.
3697 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3701 \begin_layout Standard
3708 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3714 \begin_inset space ~
3719 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3720 You can choose between the following five options:
3723 \begin_layout Labeling
3724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3729 Use default page style of current class.
3732 \begin_layout Labeling
3733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3738 No page numbers or headings.
3741 \begin_layout Labeling
3742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3750 \begin_layout Labeling
3751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3756 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3757 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3758 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3761 \begin_layout Labeling
3762 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3767 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3768 have the LaTeX-package
3773 \begin_inset Index idx
3776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3777 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3783 How they are defined is explained in section
3784 \begin_inset space ~
3788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3790 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3797 \begin_layout Standard
3798 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3799 \begin_inset space ~
3803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3805 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3812 \begin_layout Subsection
3813 Paper Size and Orientation
3814 \begin_inset Index idx
3817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3818 Document ! Paper size
3824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3826 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3833 \begin_layout Standard
3834 You'll find the following options in the menu
3837 \begin_inset space ~
3844 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3850 \begin_inset Index idx
3853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3862 \begin_layout Labeling
3863 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3867 \begin_inset space ~
3872 What size paper to print on.
3876 \begin_layout Itemize
3882 \begin_layout Itemize
3892 \begin_layout Itemize
3898 \begin_layout Itemize
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3910 \begin_layout Itemize
3916 \begin_layout Itemize
3922 \begin_layout Labeling
3923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3928 To choose whether to output as
3939 \begin_layout Labeling
3940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3944 \begin_inset space ~
3949 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3950 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3953 \begin_layout Subsection
3955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3962 \begin_inset Index idx
3965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3972 \begin_inset Index idx
3975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3984 \begin_layout Standard
3985 Paper margins are set in the menu
3987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3991 \begin_inset Index idx
3994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4003 \begin_layout Standard
4004 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
4005 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
4006 the paper format and the font size into account.
4009 \begin_layout Subsection
4013 \begin_layout Standard
4014 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
4019 That includes the paragraph environments.
4020 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
4021 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
4022 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
4023 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
4024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4032 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
4034 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
4035 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
4036 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
4039 \begin_layout Section
4040 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4041 \begin_inset Index idx
4044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4045 Paragraph ! Indentation
4053 \begin_layout Subsection
4055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4057 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
4064 \begin_layout Standard
4065 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4066 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4069 \begin_layout Standard
4070 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4071 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4072 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4073 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
4077 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4083 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4084 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
4085 language than English.
4086 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
4089 \begin_layout Standard
4090 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4091 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
4093 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4094 LyX takes care of that.
4095 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4097 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4098 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4099 of a page, and so on.
4103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4104 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4109 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4110 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4114 of these pre-coded spacings.
4115 We'll explain more later.
4118 \begin_layout Subsection
4119 Paragraph Separation
4120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4122 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4127 \begin_inset Index idx
4130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Paragraph ! Separation
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 To separate paragraphs, select
4151 \begin_inset space ~
4158 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4162 \begin_inset Index idx
4165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4171 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4172 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
4173 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
4176 \begin_layout Standard
4186 \begin_layout Standard
4187 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4188 \begin_inset space ~
4192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4194 reference "cap:Units"
4199 The default length is 30
4200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4206 \begin_layout Subsection
4210 \begin_layout Standard
4211 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4214 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4216 \begin_inset space ~
4221 dialog and toggle the
4224 \begin_inset space ~
4229 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4232 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4236 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4237 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4241 \begin_layout Standard
4242 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4243 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4246 \begin_layout Subsection
4248 \begin_inset Index idx
4251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4252 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4260 \begin_layout Standard
4263 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4267 \begin_inset Index idx
4270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4279 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4282 \begin_inset space ~
4291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4292 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4297 \begin_inset Index idx
4300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4301 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4306 installed to use this feature.
4314 \begin_layout Section
4315 Paragraph Environments
4316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4318 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4323 \begin_inset Index idx
4326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4327 Paragraph ! Environments
4333 \begin_inset Index idx
4336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4337 Paragraph environments|(
4345 \begin_layout Subsection
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4353 \begin_layout Standard
4372 \begin_inset Newline newline
4375 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4376 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4377 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4386 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4389 \begin_layout Standard
4390 A paragraph environment is simply a
4391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4398 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4399 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4400 scheme, labels, and so on.
4401 Additionally, you can
4402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4409 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4410 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4411 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4412 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4413 days of typewriters.
4414 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4416 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4419 \begin_layout Standard
4420 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4421 \begin_inset Graphics
4422 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4428 at the left end of the toolbar.
4429 LyX will change the environment of the
4433 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4434 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4435 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4439 \begin_layout Standard
4448 create a new paragraph using the
4452 paragraph environment.
4454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4461 because if you are in one of these environments:
4464 \begin_layout Itemize
4470 \begin_layout Itemize
4476 \begin_layout Itemize
4482 \begin_layout Itemize
4488 \begin_layout Itemize
4494 \begin_layout Itemize
4500 \begin_layout Itemize
4506 \begin_layout Standard
4507 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4511 , rather than resetting it to
4516 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4517 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4518 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4519 \begin_inset space ~
4523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4525 reference "sec:Nesting"
4530 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4535 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4536 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4540 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
4546 \begin_layout Subsection
4550 \begin_layout Standard
4551 The default paragraph environment is
4556 It creates a plain paragraph.
4557 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4558 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4559 this manual) are in the
4566 \begin_layout Standard
4567 You can nest a paragraph using the
4571 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4579 \begin_layout Subsection
4581 \begin_inset Index idx
4584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4593 \begin_layout Standard
4594 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4603 for thanks or contact information.
4604 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4605 page along with today's date.
4606 For other types of documents, the title
4607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4614 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4618 \begin_layout Standard
4619 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4633 Here's how you use them:
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4637 Put the title of your document in the
4644 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 Put the author name in the
4652 \begin_layout Itemize
4653 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4654 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4660 Note that using this environment is optional.
4661 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4662 If you don't want any date, add the line
4663 \begin_inset Newline newline
4673 \begin_inset Newline newline
4676 to the preamble of your document (menu
4678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4684 \begin_layout Standard
4685 You can use footnotes to insert
4686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4693 or contact information.
4696 \begin_layout Subsection
4698 \begin_inset Index idx
4701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4717 \begin_layout Standard
4718 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4719 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4722 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4724 \begin_inset Index idx
4727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 Section headings ! Numbered
4736 \begin_layout Standard
4737 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4741 \begin_layout Enumerate
4747 \begin_layout Enumerate
4753 \begin_layout Enumerate
4759 \begin_layout Enumerate
4765 \begin_layout Enumerate
4771 \begin_layout Enumerate
4777 \begin_layout Enumerate
4783 \begin_layout Standard
4784 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4785 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4786 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4789 \begin_layout Standard
4790 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4791 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4792 You group the book into chapters.
4793 LyX does similar grouping:
4796 \begin_layout Itemize
4801 is divided in either
4812 \begin_layout Itemize
4824 \begin_layout Itemize
4836 \begin_layout Itemize
4848 \begin_layout Itemize
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4872 \begin_layout Standard
4873 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4881 Not all document types use the
4885 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4890 is the top-level heading.
4898 \begin_layout Standard
4903 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4904 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4906 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4918 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4920 \begin_inset Index idx
4923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4924 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4932 \begin_layout Standard
4933 The unnumbered section headings have a
4934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4941 at the end of their name.
4942 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4943 the table of contents, see section
4944 \begin_inset space ~
4948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4957 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4958 Changing the Numbering
4959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4961 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4970 in the Table of Contents.
4971 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4973 Certain classes start with
4987 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4997 This is something you can change.
5000 \begin_layout Standard
5003 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5009 \begin_inset Index idx
5012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5023 \begin_inset space ~
5027 \begin_inset space ~
5032 you'll see two counters.
5037 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
5039 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
5043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5044 Short Titles of Headings
5045 \begin_inset Index idx
5048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5049 Section headings ! Short titles
5055 \begin_inset Argument
5058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5067 name "sec:Short-Titles"
5074 \begin_layout Standard
5075 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
5076 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
5077 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
5078 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
5081 \begin_layout Standard
5082 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
5083 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
5084 avoiding the problem mentioned.
5085 To specify a short title, use the menu
5087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5089 \begin_inset space ~
5095 This will insert a box labeled
5096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5111 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
5112 This also works for captions inside floats.
5115 \begin_layout Standard
5116 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
5119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5123 \begin_layout Standard
5124 The following information applies to all section headings:
5127 \begin_layout Itemize
5128 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5131 \begin_layout Itemize
5132 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5135 \begin_layout Itemize
5136 You can only use inline math in these environments.
5139 \begin_layout Itemize
5140 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5143 \begin_layout Subsection
5144 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5147 \begin_layout Standard
5148 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5162 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5163 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5164 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5165 the text they contain.
5166 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5174 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5177 \begin_layout Standard
5178 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5187 when you start a new paragraph.
5188 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5192 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5193 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5194 to change back to the
5198 environment yourself.
5201 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5218 \begin_inset Index idx
5221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5230 \begin_layout Standard
5231 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5232 time for the differences.
5241 are identical except for one difference:
5245 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5254 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5257 \begin_layout Standard
5258 Here's an example of the
5271 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5273 See – no indentation!
5277 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5278 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5279 the other paragraph.
5282 \begin_layout Standard
5283 Here's another example, this time in the
5290 \begin_layout Quotation
5296 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5297 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5298 the first line, then
5302 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5306 you were quoting other text.
5309 \begin_layout Quotation
5310 Here's a new paragraph.
5311 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5312 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5315 \begin_layout Standard
5316 As the examples show,
5320 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5321 They should put quotes in the
5326 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5330 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5339 \begin_inset Index idx
5342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5351 \begin_inset Index idx
5354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5370 \begin_layout Standard
5375 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5381 \begin_inset Newline newline
5384 Which I did not rehearse!
5388 It could be much worse.
5389 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5391 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5392 indented a bit more than the first.
5393 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5399 \begin_inset Newline newline
5402 And make things look fine
5403 \begin_inset Newline newline
5409 arg "newline-insert newline"
5415 \begin_layout Standard
5420 does not indent both margins.
5421 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5422 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5429 arg "newline-insert newline"
5435 \begin_layout Subsection
5437 \begin_inset Index idx
5440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5456 \begin_layout Standard
5457 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5467 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5476 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5477 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5478 some general features of all four of them.
5481 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5485 \begin_layout Standard
5486 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5488 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5497 reset the environment to
5501 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5502 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5503 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5507 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
5510 to break paragraphs.
5513 \begin_layout Standard
5514 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5515 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5517 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5518 you read all of section
5519 \begin_inset space ~
5523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5525 reference "sec:Nesting"
5533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5539 \begin_inset Index idx
5542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5558 \begin_layout Standard
5559 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5563 paragraph environment.
5564 It has the following properties:
5567 \begin_layout Itemize
5568 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5572 \begin_layout Itemize
5573 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5576 \begin_layout Itemize
5577 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5581 \begin_layout Itemize
5582 The items can have any length.
5583 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5584 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5591 \begin_layout Itemize
5596 environment inside another
5600 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5604 \begin_layout Itemize
5605 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5608 \begin_layout Itemize
5609 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5612 \begin_layout Itemize
5614 \begin_inset space ~
5618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5620 reference "sec:Nesting"
5624 for a full explanation of nesting.
5628 \begin_layout Standard
5629 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5638 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5641 \begin_layout Standard
5642 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5643 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5646 \begin_layout Itemize
5647 The label for the first level
5651 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5655 \begin_layout Itemize
5656 The label for the second level is a dash.
5660 \begin_layout Itemize
5661 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5665 \begin_layout Itemize
5666 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5670 \begin_layout Itemize
5671 Back out to the third level.
5675 \begin_layout Itemize
5676 Back to the second level.
5680 \begin_layout Itemize
5681 Back to the outermost level.
5684 \begin_layout Standard
5685 These are the default labels for an
5690 You can customize these labels in the
5692 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5695 dialog in the submenu
5702 \begin_inset Index idx
5705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5714 \begin_layout Standard
5715 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5716 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5718 \begin_inset space ~
5722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5724 reference "sec:Nesting"
5731 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5737 \begin_inset Index idx
5740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5749 name "sec:Enumerate"
5756 \begin_layout Standard
5761 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5762 It has these properties:
5765 \begin_layout Enumerate
5766 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5770 \begin_layout Enumerate
5771 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5775 \begin_layout Enumerate
5776 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5779 \begin_layout Enumerate
5784 environment resets the counter to one.
5787 \begin_layout Enumerate
5800 \begin_layout Enumerate
5801 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5802 Items can have any length.
5805 \begin_layout Enumerate
5806 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5809 \begin_layout Enumerate
5810 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5813 \begin_layout Enumerate
5814 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5818 \begin_layout Standard
5827 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5828 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5835 \begin_layout Enumerate
5836 The first level of an
5840 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5844 \begin_layout Enumerate
5845 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5849 \begin_layout Enumerate
5850 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5854 \begin_layout Enumerate
5855 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5858 \begin_layout Enumerate
5859 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5864 \begin_layout Enumerate
5865 Back to the third level
5869 \begin_layout Enumerate
5870 Back to the second level.
5874 \begin_layout Enumerate
5875 Back to the outermost level.
5878 \begin_layout Standard
5879 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5884 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5889 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5893 \begin_layout Standard
5894 There is more to nesting
5898 environments than we've stated here.
5899 You should read section
5900 \begin_inset space ~
5904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5906 reference "sec:Nesting"
5910 to learn more about nesting.
5913 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5919 \begin_inset Index idx
5922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5931 \begin_layout Standard
5932 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5936 list has no fixed label.
5937 Instead, LyX uses the first
5938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5945 of the first line as the label.
5949 \begin_layout Description
5950 Example: This is an example of the
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5958 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5962 \begin_layout Standard
5964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5971 it is meant that the first hit of the
5975 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5977 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5985 arg "space-insert protected"
5990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5991 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5993 \begin_inset space ~
5999 \begin_inset space ~
6003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6005 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
6009 for more info.) Here is an example:
6012 \begin_layout Description
6014 \begin_inset space ~
6017 Example: This one shows how to use a
6020 \begin_inset space ~
6032 \begin_layout Description
6033 Usage: You should use the
6037 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6038 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6040 It's not a good idea to use a
6044 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6045 You're better off using
6057 paragraphs into them.
6060 \begin_layout Description
6061 Nesting: You can nest
6065 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6069 \begin_layout Standard
6070 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6071 them from the first line.
6074 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6080 \begin_inset Index idx
6083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6092 \begin_layout Standard
6097 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6100 \begin_layout Standard
6101 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6109 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
6114 environment is named
6126 \begin_layout Standard
6135 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6136 There are the following properties of this list environment:
6139 \begin_layout Labeling
6140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6142 \begin_inset space ~
6145 labels LyX uses the first
6146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6153 of each line as the item label.
6158 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6159 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6160 blank as described above.
6163 \begin_layout Labeling
6164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6165 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6166 the body of the item text.
6167 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6168 label width plus a little extra space.
6172 \begin_layout Labeling
6173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6175 \begin_inset space ~
6178 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6180 If the label width is larger, the label
6181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6188 into the first line.
6189 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6190 margin of the rest of the item text.
6193 \begin_layout Labeling
6194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6196 \begin_inset space ~
6199 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6204 environment have the same left margin.
6205 \begin_inset Newline newline
6208 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6211 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6213 \begin_inset space ~
6222 \begin_inset space ~
6227 determines the default label width.
6228 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6237 multiple times instead.
6238 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6247 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6250 \begin_inset space ~
6255 every time you alter a label in a
6260 \begin_inset Newline newline
6263 The predefined default width is the length of
6264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6273 \begin_inset Newline newline
6277 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6285 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6286 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6294 \begin_layout Standard
6299 environment the same way like the
6303 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6309 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6318 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6320 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6322 \begin_inset space ~
6326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6328 reference "sec:Nesting"
6332 to learn about nesting.
6335 \begin_layout Standard
6336 There is yet another feature of the
6340 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6342 You can use additional
6346 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6351 are documented in section
6352 \begin_inset space ~
6356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6358 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6363 Here are some examples:
6364 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6370 \begin_layout Labeling
6371 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6372 Left The default for
6379 \begin_layout Labeling
6380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6381 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6388 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6391 \begin_layout Labeling
6392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6393 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6397 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6404 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6407 \begin_layout Subsection
6409 \begin_inset Index idx
6412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 \begin_layout Standard
6422 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6425 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6427 in the document settings.
6428 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6433 \begin_inset Index idx
6436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6437 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6445 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6446 Custom Enumerate Lists
6447 \begin_inset Index idx
6450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6451 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6459 \begin_layout Standard
6461 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6464 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6467 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6468 There you add the command
6471 \begin_layout Standard
6479 \begin_layout Standard
6480 in TeX Code (shortcut
6490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6491 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6492 \begin_inset space ~
6496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6498 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6511 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6518 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6519 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6532 For Arabic numerals use
6540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6547 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6562 \begin_layout Standard
6564 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6572 You can only number 26
6573 \begin_inset space ~
6576 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6584 \begin_layout Standard
6585 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6586 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6589 \begin_layout Standard
6590 As example a list with custom numbering:
6593 \begin_layout Enumerate
6594 \begin_inset Argument
6597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6623 \begin_layout Enumerate
6624 \begin_inset Argument
6627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6650 \begin_layout Enumerate
6655 \begin_layout Enumerate
6656 \begin_inset Argument
6659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6683 \begin_layout Enumerate
6684 \begin_inset Argument
6687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6713 \begin_layout Standard
6714 For this list these commands were used:
6717 \begin_layout Standard
6728 \begin_inset Newline newline
6736 \begin_inset Newline newline
6744 \begin_inset Newline newline
6754 \begin_layout Standard
6761 makes the label emphasized and
6770 \begin_layout Standard
6771 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6779 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6780 lists until you change the definition.
6788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6790 \begin_inset Index idx
6793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6796 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6804 \begin_layout Standard
6805 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6808 \begin_layout Enumerate
6809 \begin_inset Argument
6812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6831 \begin_inset Note Note
6834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6837 goes back to default numbering
6845 \begin_layout Enumerate
6849 \begin_layout Standard
6853 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6857 \begin_layout Standard
6858 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6863 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6864 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6867 \begin_layout Standard
6868 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6876 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6884 \begin_layout Standard
6885 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6887 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6888 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6889 of a normal new enumeration.
6890 There insert the command
6893 \begin_layout Standard
6899 \begin_layout Standard
6904 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6908 \begin_layout Enumerate
6912 \begin_layout Enumerate
6916 \begin_layout Standard
6917 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6920 \begin_layout Enumerate
6921 \begin_inset Argument
6924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6940 This enumeration starts at 4
6943 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6945 \begin_inset Index idx
6948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6957 \begin_layout Standard
6958 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6960 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6963 \begin_layout Itemize
6967 \begin_layout Itemize
6968 with standard spacing
6971 \begin_layout Standard
6972 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6974 There add the command
6978 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6981 \begin_layout Itemize
6982 \begin_inset Argument
6985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7004 \begin_layout Itemize
7008 \begin_layout Itemize
7012 \begin_layout Standard
7013 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
7019 \begin_inset Index idx
7022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7023 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7029 For more info see its documentation,
7030 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7039 \begin_layout Standard
7040 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
7042 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
7043 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
7044 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7047 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
7050 \begin_layout Enumerate
7051 \begin_inset Argument
7054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7062 parindent, labelsep=2cm
7075 \begin_layout Enumerate
7076 with negative indentation
7079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7080 Further Customization
7081 \begin_inset Index idx
7084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7093 \begin_layout Standard
7094 You can also change the style of description lists.
7098 \begin_layout Standard
7104 \begin_layout Standard
7105 changes the description label font, the command
7108 \begin_layout Standard
7114 \begin_layout Standard
7115 sets the list style.
7118 \begin_layout Standard
7119 An example where the command
7122 \begin_layout Standard
7127 itshape, style=nextline
7130 \begin_layout Standard
7134 \begin_layout Description
7136 \begin_inset space ~
7140 \begin_inset Argument
7143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7149 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
7151 itshape, style=nextline
7161 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7162 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7166 \begin_layout Description
7168 \begin_inset space ~
7171 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7172 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7173 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7176 \begin_layout Standard
7177 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7183 \begin_inset Index idx
7186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7189 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7195 For more info see its documentation,
7196 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7205 \begin_layout Subsection
7207 \begin_inset Index idx
7210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7227 \begin_inset space ~
7235 \begin_layout Standard
7236 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7244 \begin_inset space ~
7250 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7251 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7252 In contrast, you can use the
7259 \begin_inset space ~
7264 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7265 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7269 \begin_layout Standard
7270 Of course, you're not limited to using
7277 \begin_inset space ~
7286 \begin_inset space ~
7291 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7292 some European academic papers.
7295 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7299 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7306 \begin_layout Standard
7311 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7312 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7316 \begin_inset space ~
7321 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7322 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7323 Here's an example of each:
7326 \begin_layout Right Address
7328 \begin_inset Newline newline
7332 \begin_inset Newline newline
7336 \begin_inset Newline newline
7339 When is it? What is today?
7342 \begin_layout Standard
7346 \begin_inset space ~
7352 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7353 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7354 Here's an example of the
7361 \begin_layout Address
7363 \begin_inset Newline newline
7366 Where do I send this
7367 \begin_inset Newline newline
7370 Your post office and country
7373 \begin_layout Standard
7374 As you can see, both
7381 \begin_inset space ~
7386 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7391 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7397 This makes sense, since
7405 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7406 Thus, you have to use
7413 arg "newline-insert newline"
7419 \begin_inset space ~
7422 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7424 \begin_inset space ~
7433 menu) to start a new line in an
7440 \begin_inset space ~
7448 \begin_layout Subsection
7452 \begin_layout Standard
7453 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7454 or list of references.
7455 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7458 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7462 \begin_inset Index idx
7465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7474 \begin_layout Standard
7479 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7480 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7481 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7482 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7486 in anything else or vice versa.
7492 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7493 The book document classes ignores the
7497 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7501 in a letter document class.
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7509 environment does several things for you.
7510 First, it puts the centered label
7511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7519 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7521 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7522 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7523 the subsequent text.
7524 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7525 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7528 \begin_layout Standard
7529 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7533 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7534 The new paragraph will still be in the
7539 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7540 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7543 \begin_layout Standard
7544 \begin_inset Float figure
7549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7551 \begin_inset Graphics
7552 filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
7559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7560 \begin_inset Caption
7562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7565 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7586 \begin_layout Standard
7587 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7591 environment, but since this document is in the
7592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7599 class, we can't do this.
7600 We inserted it therefore as figure
7601 \begin_inset space ~
7605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7607 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7612 If you've never heard of an
7613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7620 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7623 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7629 \begin_inset Index idx
7632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7639 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7641 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7648 \begin_layout Standard
7653 environment is used to list references.
7654 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7655 only use it at the end of the document.
7660 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7663 \begin_layout Standard
7664 When you first open a
7668 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7684 depending on the document class.
7685 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7686 Each paragraph of the
7690 environment is a bibliography entry.
7695 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7696 Each new paragraph is still in the
7703 \begin_layout Standard
7704 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7705 by using a BibTeX database.
7706 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7707 phy handling, have a look at in section
7708 \begin_inset space ~
7712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7714 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7721 \begin_layout Subsection
7725 \begin_inset Index idx
7728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7729 Paragraph ! LyX code
7735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7744 \begin_layout Standard
7749 environment is another LyX extension.
7750 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7755 key as a fixed whitespace;
7759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7771 \begin_inset space ~
7776 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7781 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7782 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7785 arg "newline-insert newline"
7802 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7803 So, when you finish using the
7807 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7808 Also, you can nest the
7812 environment inside of others.
7815 \begin_layout Standard
7816 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7819 \begin_layout Itemize
7823 arg "newline-insert newline"
7826 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7831 \begin_inset space \space{}
7841 arg "newline-insert newline"
7847 \begin_layout Itemize
7851 arg "newline-insert newline"
7862 \begin_layout Itemize
7867 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7874 \begin_layout Itemize
7878 arg "space-insert protected"
7885 \begin_layout Itemize
7886 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7887 You must put at least one
7891 in any line you want blank.
7892 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7895 \begin_layout Itemize
7896 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7900 since that will insert
7905 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7908 arg "self-insert \""
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7918 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7922 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7926 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7930 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7934 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7935 printf("Hello World!
7940 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7944 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7948 \begin_layout Standard
7949 This is just the standard
7950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7961 \begin_layout Standard
7966 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7967 rc-files, and so on.
7968 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7969 as if you used a typewriter.
7970 \begin_inset Index idx
7973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7974 Paragraph environments|)
7979 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7982 Program Code Listings
7991 \begin_layout Section
7992 Nesting Environments
7993 \begin_inset Index idx
7996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7997 Nesting ! Environments
8003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8012 \begin_layout Subsection
8016 \begin_layout Standard
8017 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
8019 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
8021 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
8023 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
8025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8035 \begin_layout Enumerate
8039 \begin_layout Enumerate
8044 \begin_layout Enumerate
8048 \begin_layout Enumerate
8053 \begin_layout Enumerate
8057 \begin_layout Standard
8058 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
8059 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
8062 \begin_inset space ~
8066 \begin_inset space ~
8074 \begin_inset space ~
8078 \begin_inset space ~
8087 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8088 will tell you how far you are nested).
8089 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
8090 \begin_inset Graphics
8091 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
8096 \begin_inset Graphics
8097 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
8101 or the convenient key bindings
8112 arg "depth-increment"
8118 arg "depth-decrement"
8121 to change the nesting level.
8122 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8123 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8127 \begin_layout Standard
8128 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8129 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8130 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8131 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8134 \begin_layout Standard
8135 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
8136 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8138 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8141 \begin_layout Subsection
8142 What You Can and Can't Nest
8145 \begin_layout Standard
8146 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8147 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8150 \begin_layout Standard
8151 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
8152 complicated than a simple yes or no.
8153 There are three types of paragraph environments:
8156 \begin_layout Itemize
8157 Completely unnestable
8160 \begin_layout Itemize
8161 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8165 \begin_layout Itemize
8166 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8170 \begin_layout Standard
8171 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8172 environments have them:
8175 \begin_layout Description
8176 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8177 Can't nest into them.
8181 \begin_layout Itemize
8187 \begin_layout Itemize
8193 \begin_layout Itemize
8199 \begin_layout Itemize
8205 \begin_layout Itemize
8212 \begin_layout Description
8214 \begin_inset space ~
8217 Nestable You can nest them.
8218 You can nest other things into them.
8222 \begin_layout Itemize
8228 \begin_layout Itemize
8234 \begin_layout Itemize
8240 \begin_layout Itemize
8246 \begin_layout Itemize
8252 \begin_layout Itemize
8258 \begin_layout Itemize
8264 \begin_layout Itemize
8271 \begin_layout Description
8272 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8273 You can't nest anything into them.
8277 \begin_layout Itemize
8283 \begin_layout Itemize
8289 \begin_layout Itemize
8295 \begin_layout Itemize
8301 \begin_layout Itemize
8307 \begin_layout Itemize
8313 \begin_layout Itemize
8319 \begin_layout Itemize
8325 \begin_layout Itemize
8331 \begin_layout Itemize
8337 \begin_layout Itemize
8343 \begin_layout Itemize
8349 \begin_layout Itemize
8355 \begin_layout Itemize
8359 \begin_inset space ~
8365 \begin_layout Itemize
8372 \begin_layout Standard
8373 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8381 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8390 \begin_inset space ~
8394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8398 \begin_inset space \space{}
8401 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8402 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8403 section headings violate this.
8411 \begin_layout Subsection
8412 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8413 \begin_inset Index idx
8416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8417 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8425 \begin_layout Standard
8426 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8427 affected by nesting anyhow.
8431 \begin_layout Itemize
8435 \begin_layout Itemize
8439 \begin_layout Itemize
8443 \begin_layout Standard
8445 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8453 Figures and tables in
8457 are not affected by this.
8462 Have a look at section
8463 \begin_inset space ~
8467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8469 reference "sec:Floats"
8473 for more information about
8480 \begin_layout Standard
8481 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8482 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8487 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8495 of its own, it behaves just like a
8496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8503 paragraph environment.
8504 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8508 \begin_layout Standard
8509 Here's an example with a table:
8512 \begin_layout Enumerate
8517 \begin_layout Enumerate
8518 This is (a) and it's nested.
8522 \begin_layout Standard
8523 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8529 \begin_layout Standard
8531 \begin_inset Tabular
8532 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8533 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8534 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8535 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8619 \begin_layout Standard
8620 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8627 \begin_layout Enumerate
8629 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8633 \begin_layout Enumerate
8637 \begin_layout Standard
8638 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8641 \begin_layout Enumerate
8646 \begin_layout Enumerate
8647 This is (a) and it's nested.
8651 \begin_layout Standard
8652 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8658 \begin_layout Standard
8660 \begin_inset Tabular
8661 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8662 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8663 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8664 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8748 \begin_layout Standard
8749 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8755 \begin_layout Enumerate
8762 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8765 \begin_layout Enumerate
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8770 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8774 \begin_layout Standard
8775 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8777 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8780 \begin_layout Enumerate
8785 \begin_layout Enumerate
8786 This is (a) and it's nested.
8789 \begin_layout Standard
8790 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8796 \begin_layout Standard
8798 \begin_inset Tabular
8799 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8800 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8801 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8802 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 \begin_layout Standard
8887 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8893 \begin_layout Enumerate
8895 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8903 \begin_layout Enumerate
8907 \begin_layout Standard
8908 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8914 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8915 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8919 \begin_layout Subsection
8920 Usage and General Features
8923 \begin_layout Standard
8924 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8933 is the innermost possible depth.
8934 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8937 \begin_layout Enumerate
8938 level #1 – outermost
8942 \begin_layout Enumerate
8947 \begin_layout Enumerate
8952 \begin_layout Enumerate
8957 \begin_layout Itemize
8962 \begin_layout Itemize
8971 \begin_layout Standard
8972 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8973 both of them in the example.
8974 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8984 For example, if we tried to nest another
8989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8996 , we would get errors.
8999 \begin_layout Subsection
9001 \begin_inset Index idx
9004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_layout Standard
9014 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9015 We have several examples of nested environments.
9016 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9021 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9024 \begin_layout Labeling
9025 \labelwidthstring MMM
9026 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9035 \begin_layout Labeling
9036 \labelwidthstring MMM
9037 #2-a This is level #2.
9038 We created it by using
9041 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9047 arg "depth-increment"
9054 \begin_layout Labeling
9055 \labelwidthstring MMM
9056 #3-a This is level #3.
9057 This time, we just hit
9064 arg "depth-increment"
9068 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9072 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9078 arg "depth-increment"
9085 \begin_layout Standard
9090 environment, nested inside of
9091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9099 So, it's at level #4.
9100 We did this by hitting
9103 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9109 arg "depth-increment"
9112 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9117 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
9133 \begin_layout Standard
9138 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9141 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9147 \begin_layout Labeling
9148 \labelwidthstring MMM
9149 #4-a This is level #4.
9153 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9156 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9161 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9165 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9170 keep nesting things inside
9171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9182 \begin_layout Labeling
9183 \labelwidthstring MMM
9184 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9189 \begin_layout Labeling
9190 \labelwidthstring MMM
9191 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9192 and this is level #6.
9193 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9197 \begin_layout Labeling
9198 \labelwidthstring MMM
9199 #5-b Back to level #5.
9203 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9209 arg "depth-decrement"
9216 \begin_layout Labeling
9217 \labelwidthstring MMM
9221 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9227 arg "depth-decrement"
9230 , we're back at level #4.
9234 \begin_layout Labeling
9235 \labelwidthstring MMM
9236 #3-b Back to level #3.
9237 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9241 \begin_layout Labeling
9242 \labelwidthstring MMM
9243 #2-b Back to level #2.
9248 \begin_layout Labeling
9249 \labelwidthstring MMM
9250 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9251 After this sentence, we'll hit
9255 and change the paragraph environment back to
9262 \begin_layout Standard
9263 We could have also used the
9279 environment in place of the
9284 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9287 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9288 Example 2: Inheritance
9291 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9292 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9295 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9304 arg "depth-increment"
9307 , after which, we'll change to the
9315 \begin_layout Enumerate
9320 environment, at level #2.
9323 \begin_layout Enumerate
9324 Notice how the nested
9328 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9332 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9336 \begin_layout Standard
9337 We ended this example by hitting
9342 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9346 and reset the nesting depth by using
9349 arg "depth-decrement"
9355 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9356 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9365 \begin_inset Argument
9368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9369 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9377 \begin_layout Enumerate
9378 This is level #1, in an
9382 paragraph environment.
9383 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9387 \begin_layout Enumerate
9392 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9398 arg "depth-increment"
9402 Now, what happens if we nest an
9406 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9407 label be? An asterisk?
9411 \begin_layout Itemize
9421 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9422 So, its label is a bullet.
9423 (We got here by using
9426 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9432 arg "depth-increment"
9435 , then changing the environment to
9443 \begin_layout Itemize
9444 Here's level #4, produced using
9447 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9453 arg "depth-increment"
9457 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9462 \begin_layout Enumerate
9463 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9465 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9470 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9474 , because we are in the
9483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9502 \begin_layout Enumerate
9507 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9508 type of numbering does LyX use?
9511 \begin_layout Enumerate
9512 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9515 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9518 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9521 \begin_layout Enumerate
9525 arg "depth-decrement"
9528 to decrease the depth after the next
9531 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9538 \begin_layout Enumerate
9540 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9544 \begin_layout Enumerate
9546 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9547 numeral as the label.Why?
9550 \begin_layout Enumerate
9551 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9560 Notice, however, that LyX
9564 reset the counter for the label.
9568 \begin_layout Enumerate
9572 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9578 arg "depth-decrement"
9581 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9582 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9583 into the twofold-nested
9591 \begin_layout Enumerate
9592 The same thing happens if we do another
9595 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9601 arg "depth-decrement"
9604 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9607 \begin_layout Standard
9608 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9613 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9627 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9633 The same rule applies for the
9637 environment, as well.
9640 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9641 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9644 \begin_layout Enumerate
9645 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9646 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9647 same detail with how we did it.
9656 \begin_layout Standard
9664 arg "depth-increment"
9671 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9672 example in parentheses someplace.
9673 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9674 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9675 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9679 \begin_layout Enumerate
9684 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9689 Now we'll add verse.
9690 \begin_inset Newline newline
9693 It will get much worse.
9694 \begin_inset Newline newline
9704 arg "depth-increment"
9715 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9716 \begin_inset Newline newline
9719 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9720 \begin_inset Newline newline
9726 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9739 \begin_layout Standard
9740 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9746 \begin_layout Standard
9748 \begin_inset Tabular
9749 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9750 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9751 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9841 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9851 arg "depth-increment"
9857 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9867 arg "depth-decrement"
9874 \begin_layout Enumerate
9879 : level #1) This is another item.
9880 Note that selecting a
9884 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9885 3 times to put the table inside the
9893 \begin_layout Quotation
9894 We're now ending the
9898 list and changing to
9903 We're still at level #1.
9904 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9905 The next set of paragraphs is a
9906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9920 \begin_inset space ~
9925 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9929 for the letter body.
9933 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9936 to preserve the depth.
9937 Remember that you need to use
9940 arg "newline-insert newline"
9943 to create multiple lines inside the
9950 \begin_inset space ~
9960 \begin_layout Right Address
9962 \begin_inset Newline newline
9965 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9966 \begin_inset Newline newline
9972 \begin_layout Address
9974 \begin_inset space ~
9980 \begin_layout Quotation
9981 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9985 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9986 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9987 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9988 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9989 as soon as possible.
9990 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9993 \begin_layout Quotation
9994 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9995 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9996 with your order, along with payment.
9999 \begin_layout Quotation
10000 We thank you again for your patience.
10003 \begin_layout Address
10005 \begin_inset Newline newline
10012 \begin_layout Quotation
10013 That ends that example!
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10017 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10018 just a few keystrokes.
10019 We could have easily nested an
10040 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10043 \begin_layout Section
10044 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
10045 \begin_inset Index idx
10048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10057 \begin_layout Standard
10058 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
10059 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
10060 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
10061 be broken at the end of a line.
10062 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
10066 \begin_layout Subsection
10068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10070 name "sub:Protected-Space"
10075 \begin_inset Index idx
10078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10088 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
10089 line at that point.
10090 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
10093 \begin_layout Quote
10094 Further documentation is given in section
10095 \begin_inset Newline newline
10099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10101 reference "sec:Bibliography"
10109 \begin_layout Standard
10110 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
10111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10125 reference "sec:Bibliography"
10130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10134 A protected space is set with
10136 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10137 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10141 \begin_inset space ~
10151 arg "space-insert protected"
10157 \begin_layout Subsection
10159 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10161 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10166 \begin_inset Index idx
10169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10170 Spacing ! Horizontal
10178 \begin_layout Standard
10179 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10181 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10182 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10186 The length units are listed in Appendix
10187 \begin_inset space ~
10191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10193 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10204 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10209 \begin_inset Index idx
10212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10213 Spaces ! Inter-word
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10227 \begin_inset space \space{}
10230 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10231 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10232 \begin_inset space ~
10236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10238 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10243 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10244 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10247 arg "space-insert normal"
10253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10257 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10262 \begin_inset Index idx
10265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10274 \begin_layout Standard
10276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10283 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10292 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10293 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10294 inside abbreviations:
10297 \begin_layout Quote
10299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10303 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10306 \begin_layout Standard
10307 or between values and units.
10308 Compare for example this:
10309 \begin_inset Newline newline
10313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10317 \begin_inset Newline newline
10320 10 kg (normal space
10323 \begin_layout Standard
10324 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10327 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10329 \begin_inset space ~
10337 arg "space-insert thin"
10343 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10347 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10354 \begin_layout Standard
10355 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10358 \begin_layout Description
10360 \begin_inset space ~
10364 \begin_inset space ~
10367 space A line with a
10368 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10372 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10376 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10379 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10382 \begin_layout Description
10384 \begin_inset space ~
10388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10392 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10396 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10400 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10407 em) space between the arrows.
10410 \begin_layout Description
10412 \begin_inset space ~
10416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10420 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10424 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10428 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10432 \begin_inset space ~
10436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10439 em) space between the arrows.
10442 \begin_layout Description
10444 \begin_inset space ~
10448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10452 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10456 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10460 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10464 \begin_inset space ~
10468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10471 em) space between the arrows.
10474 \begin_layout Description
10476 \begin_inset space ~
10480 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10484 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10489 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10496 cm space between the arrows.
10499 \begin_layout Standard
10501 \begin_inset space ~
10505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10507 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10511 lists the different space sizes.
10514 \begin_layout Standard
10515 \begin_inset Float table
10520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10522 \begin_inset Caption
10524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10527 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10531 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10541 \begin_inset Tabular
10542 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10543 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10633 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10672 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10685 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10700 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10713 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10768 \begin_inset Index idx
10771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10780 \begin_layout Standard
10781 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10782 in a uniform fashion.
10783 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10784 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10785 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10786 equally between themselves.
10790 \begin_layout Standard
10791 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10794 \begin_layout Quote
10796 This is on the left side
10797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10800 This is on the right
10803 \begin_layout Quote
10806 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10810 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10816 \begin_layout Quote
10819 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10823 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10827 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10833 \begin_layout Standard
10834 That was an example in the
10840 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10844 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10848 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10851 is one in a standard paragraph.
10852 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10856 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10859 \begin_layout Standard
10860 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10863 \begin_inset space ~
10868 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10871 \begin_layout Standard
10873 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10877 \begin_inset space ~
10883 \begin_layout Standard
10885 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10889 \begin_inset space ~
10895 \begin_layout Standard
10897 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10901 \begin_inset space ~
10907 \begin_layout Standard
10909 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10913 \begin_inset space ~
10919 \begin_layout Standard
10921 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10925 \begin_inset space ~
10931 \begin_layout Standard
10933 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10937 \begin_inset space ~
10943 \begin_layout Standard
10944 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10952 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10956 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10957 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10958 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10962 option in the space dialog.
10970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10974 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10979 \begin_inset Index idx
10982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10991 \begin_layout Standard
10992 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10998 \begin_inset space \space{}
11001 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
11004 \begin_layout Standard
11005 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
11008 What is correct English?:
11009 \begin_inset Newline newline
11013 \begin_inset Newline newline
11017 \begin_inset space ~
11020 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
11021 \begin_inset Newline newline
11025 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
11028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11036 \begin_inset Newline newline
11040 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
11043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11051 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
11057 \begin_layout Standard
11058 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
11059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11063 \begin_inset space ~
11067 \begin_inset space ~
11071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11075 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
11077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11078 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11082 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
11084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11088 \begin_inset space ~
11092 \begin_inset space ~
11096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11099 into the phantom inset (note the space after
11100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11108 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
11109 That is why it is named
11110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11118 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
11119 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
11123 \begin_layout Subsection
11125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11127 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
11132 \begin_inset Index idx
11135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11144 \begin_layout Standard
11145 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
11147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11148 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11150 \begin_inset space ~
11156 There you find the following sizes:
11159 \begin_layout Standard
11172 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11177 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11179 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11183 \begin_inset Index idx
11186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11187 Document ! Settings
11192 for the paragraph separation.
11193 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11204 \begin_layout Standard
11210 \begin_inset Index idx
11213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11219 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11220 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11222 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11223 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11232 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11241 s are described in section
11242 \begin_inset space ~
11246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11248 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11257 If there are several
11261 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11262 You can therefore use
11266 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11269 \begin_layout Standard
11274 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11275 \begin_inset space ~
11279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11281 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11299 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11300 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11312 \begin_layout Subsection
11313 Paragraph Alignment
11316 \begin_layout Standard
11317 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11319 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11323 There are five possibilities:
11326 \begin_layout Itemize
11334 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11340 \begin_layout Itemize
11348 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11354 \begin_layout Itemize
11362 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11368 \begin_layout Itemize
11376 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11382 \begin_layout Itemize
11390 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11397 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11398 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11399 the left and right margins.
11400 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11403 \begin_layout Standard
11405 This paragraph is right aligned,
11408 \begin_layout Standard
11410 this one is centered,
11413 \begin_layout Standard
11415 this one is left aligned.
11418 \begin_layout Subsection
11420 \begin_inset Index idx
11423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11424 Page breaks ! Forced
11430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11432 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11439 \begin_layout Standard
11440 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
11441 can force a page break where you want one.
11442 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11443 Only if you use a lot of
11447 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11450 \begin_layout Standard
11451 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
11452 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11456 have to change the page breaking.
11459 \begin_layout Standard
11460 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
11462 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11464 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11465 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11467 \begin_inset space ~
11473 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11476 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11478 \begin_inset space ~
11483 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11485 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11486 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11489 \begin_layout Standard
11490 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11491 at the top of a page.
11492 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11493 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11494 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11495 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11499 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11503 to learn more about
11510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11514 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11519 \begin_inset Index idx
11522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 Page breaks ! Clear
11531 \begin_layout Standard
11532 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
11533 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11534 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11535 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11536 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11539 \begin_layout Standard
11540 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11542 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11543 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11545 \begin_inset space ~
11551 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11554 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11556 \begin_inset space ~
11560 \begin_inset space ~
11565 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11566 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11569 \begin_layout Subsection
11571 \begin_inset Index idx
11574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11583 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11590 \begin_layout Standard
11591 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11593 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11596 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11598 \begin_inset space ~
11602 \begin_inset space ~
11610 arg "newline-insert newline"
11614 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11617 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11619 \begin_inset space ~
11623 \begin_inset space ~
11628 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11630 This is necessary to avoid
11631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11638 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11641 \begin_layout Standard
11642 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11643 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11644 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11645 set a line break, e.
11646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11650 \begin_inset space \space{}
11653 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11654 \begin_inset space ~
11658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11660 reference "sec:Quote"
11665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11667 reference "sec:Verse"
11672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11674 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11681 \begin_layout Subsection
11683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11685 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11690 \begin_inset Index idx
11693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11702 \begin_layout Standard
11704 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11715 \begin_layout Standard
11718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11719 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11721 \begin_inset space ~
11726 you can insert horizontal lines.
11727 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11728 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11729 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11732 \begin_layout Standard
11734 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11745 \begin_layout Standard
11749 \begin_layout Section
11750 Characters and Symbols
11753 \begin_layout Standard
11754 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11755 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11760 \begin_inset space \space{}
11763 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11771 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11775 for information on how this is done.
11778 \begin_layout Standard
11779 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11784 dialog via the menu
11786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11787 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11793 \begin_layout Standard
11794 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11802 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11803 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11804 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11812 \begin_layout Section
11813 Fonts and Text Styles
11814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11816 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11823 \begin_layout Subsection
11825 \begin_inset Index idx
11828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11837 \begin_layout Standard
11838 There are two types of fonts:
11841 \begin_layout Description
11843 \begin_inset space ~
11847 \begin_inset Index idx
11850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11856 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
11857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11861 characters) in the font.
11862 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11863 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11864 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11865 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11866 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11867 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11868 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11869 \begin_inset Newline newline
11872 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11873 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11874 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11875 sizes than at small ones.
11876 \begin_inset Newline newline
11890 \begin_inset space ~
11898 \begin_layout Description
11900 \begin_inset space ~
11904 \begin_inset Index idx
11907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11913 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11914 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11915 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11916 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11917 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11918 picture manipulation program.
11919 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11920 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11921 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11922 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11923 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11925 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11926 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11927 \begin_inset Newline newline
11930 Bitmap fonts are named
11933 \begin_inset space ~
11938 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11941 \begin_layout Standard
11942 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
11943 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11944 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11945 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11946 use scalable fonts.
11949 \begin_layout Standard
11950 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11951 its document properties.
11954 \begin_layout Standard
11955 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11956 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11957 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11958 font to emphasize text, you use an
11959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11967 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11968 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11972 \begin_layout Subsection
11974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11976 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11983 \begin_layout Standard
11984 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11985 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11986 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11988 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11989 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11990 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11991 to usual word processors.
11992 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11993 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11994 across different machines.
11995 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11996 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11998 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
12000 \begin_inset space ~
12004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12006 reference "sub:Document-Font"
12011 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
12012 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
12016 \begin_layout Standard
12017 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
12018 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
12019 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
12020 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
12021 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
12022 that is installed on your system.
12023 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
12026 \begin_layout Standard
12027 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12035 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
12036 es; so you might have to experiment.
12044 \begin_layout Standard
12045 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12053 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
12054 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
12062 \begin_layout Subsection
12063 Document Font and Font size
12064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12066 name "sub:Document-Font"
12071 \begin_inset Index idx
12074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12081 \begin_inset Index idx
12084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12093 \begin_layout Standard
12094 You can set the document fonts in the
12096 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12100 \begin_inset Index idx
12103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12104 Document ! Settings
12110 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
12111 font shapes roman (serif),
12114 \begin_inset space ~
12126 \begin_layout Standard
12127 The possible options for the font include
12131 and a list of fonts available on your system.
12136 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
12137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12143 \begin_inset space ~
12149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12162 European Computer Modern
12165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12175 \begin_layout Standard
12184 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12185 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12190 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12193 \begin_inset space ~
12198 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12204 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12205 There are three ways to use one:
12208 \begin_layout Itemize
12212 \begin_inset space ~
12217 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12230 \begin_inset space ~
12235 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12239 as the default font.
12240 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12241 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12244 \begin_inset space ~
12257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12258 One difference is improved kerning.
12266 \begin_layout Itemize
12270 \begin_inset space ~
12274 \begin_inset space ~
12279 fonts in (the rare) case that
12282 \begin_inset space ~
12287 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12302 Virtual means that it
12303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12314 -glyphs from other fonts.
12315 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12337 Loading the LaTeX-package
12342 \begin_inset Index idx
12345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12348 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12353 with the document preamble line
12354 \begin_inset Newline newline
12361 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12362 \begin_inset Newline newline
12367 will fix the guillemet problem.
12372 and that accented characters are not
12376 glyph, but build of
12380 characters, the accent and the letter.
12381 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12387 If you search for example for the French word
12388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12395 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12404 and not for the glyph
12405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_inset space ~
12413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12419 \begin_layout Itemize
12420 If you do not like the look of
12428 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12433 \begin_inset space ~
12439 \begin_inset space ~
12451 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12452 \begin_inset space ~
12455 serif and typewriter fonts
12459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12460 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12467 \begin_inset space ~
12476 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12481 \begin_inset space \space{}
12489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12493 \begin_inset space \space{}
12499 \begin_inset space ~
12507 \begin_inset space ~
12517 , but you can also select your own.
12518 \begin_inset Newline newline
12521 The differences between roman,
12524 \begin_inset space ~
12533 fonts are explained in section
12534 \begin_inset space ~
12538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12540 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12545 \begin_inset Newline newline
12551 \begin_inset space ~
12556 was originally designed for newspapers.
12557 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12558 into the small newspaper columns.
12562 \begin_inset space ~
12567 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12570 \begin_layout Standard
12571 For the font size there are four possible values:
12588 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
12591 \begin_layout Standard
12592 The font sizes are the
12597 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12598 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12599 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12602 \begin_inset space ~
12608 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12609 \begin_inset space ~
12613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12615 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12622 \begin_layout Standard
12627 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12628 a font to display the script characters.
12632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12633 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12638 So this has no effect for the document language
12654 \begin_layout Standard
12655 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12659 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12667 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12671 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12672 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12673 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12675 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12678 dialog, see section
12679 \begin_inset space ~
12683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12685 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12697 \begin_layout Subsection
12698 Using Different Character Styles
12699 \begin_inset Index idx
12702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12709 \begin_inset Index idx
12712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12721 \begin_layout Standard
12722 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12723 certain paragraph environments.
12724 LyX supports two character styles,
12733 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12737 \begin_layout Standard
12742 style, do one of the following:
12745 \begin_layout Itemize
12746 click on the toolbar button
12747 \begin_inset Graphics
12748 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
12755 \begin_layout Itemize
12756 use the key binding
12765 \begin_layout Standard
12766 These commands are all toggles.
12771 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12774 \begin_layout Standard
12775 One typically uses the
12779 style for proper names.
12781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12788 is the original author of LyX.
12789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12795 \begin_layout Standard
12796 A more widely used character style is the
12801 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12808 \begin_layout Itemize
12809 clicking on the toolbar button
12810 \begin_inset Graphics
12811 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
12818 \begin_layout Itemize
12819 using the keybindings
12828 \begin_layout Standard
12833 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12834 es use a different font.
12837 \begin_layout Standard
12838 We've been using the
12842 style all over the place in this document.
12843 Here's one more example:
12846 \begin_layout Quotation
12849 Don't overuse character styles!
12852 \begin_layout Standard
12853 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12854 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12855 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12856 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12860 \begin_layout Standard
12861 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12869 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12871 \begin_inset space ~
12879 \begin_layout Subsection
12880 Fine-Tuning with the
12885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12887 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12892 \begin_inset Index idx
12895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12904 \begin_layout Standard
12905 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12906 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12907 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12908 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12909 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12910 from ordinary dialog.
12913 \begin_layout Standard
12914 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12915 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12916 \begin_inset Newline newline
12919 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12920 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12923 \begin_layout Standard
12924 To use custom character styles, open the
12926 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12928 \begin_inset space ~
12933 dialog or press the toolbar button
12936 arg "dialog-show character"
12940 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12941 font property which you can choose.
12942 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12945 \begin_inset space ~
12950 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12955 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12956 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12957 environments in a snap.
12960 \begin_layout Standard
12961 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12964 \begin_inset space ~
12976 \begin_layout Labeling
12977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12991 The possible options are:
12995 \begin_layout Labeling
12996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13001 This is the Roman font family.
13002 Normally a serif font.
13003 It's also the default family.
13013 \begin_layout Labeling
13014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13018 \begin_inset space ~
13025 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13037 \begin_layout Labeling
13038 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13045 This is the Typewriter font family.
13051 arg "font-typewriter"
13060 \begin_layout Labeling
13061 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13066 This corresponds to the print weight.
13071 \begin_layout Labeling
13072 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13077 This is the Medium font series.
13078 It's also the default series.
13081 \begin_layout Labeling
13082 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13089 This is the Bold font series.
13102 \begin_layout Labeling
13103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13108 As the name implies.
13113 \begin_layout Labeling
13114 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13119 This is the Upright font shape.
13120 It's also the default shape.
13123 \begin_layout Labeling
13124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13138 s the Italic font shape
13144 \begin_layout Labeling
13145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13152 This is the Slanted font shape
13154 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13157 \begin_layout Labeling
13158 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13162 \begin_inset space ~
13169 This is the Small caps font shape
13176 \begin_layout Labeling
13177 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13182 Alters the size of the font.
13183 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13184 nal to the document font size.
13185 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13186 what you want to do.
13191 \begin_layout Labeling
13192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13213 arg "font-size tiny"
13219 \begin_layout Labeling
13220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13241 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13247 \begin_layout Labeling
13248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13269 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13275 \begin_layout Labeling
13276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13297 arg "font-size small"
13303 \begin_layout Labeling
13304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13318 It's also the default size.
13322 arg "font-size normal"
13328 \begin_layout Labeling
13329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13350 arg "font-size large"
13356 \begin_layout Labeling
13357 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13378 arg "font-size larger"
13384 \begin_layout Labeling
13385 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13406 arg "font-size largest"
13412 \begin_layout Labeling
13413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13434 arg "font-size huge"
13440 \begin_layout Labeling
13441 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13462 arg "font-size giant"
13469 \begin_layout Standard
13474 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13475 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13476 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13477 — use that instead.
13478 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13481 \begin_layout Labeling
13482 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13487 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13492 \begin_layout Labeling
13493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13500 This is text with emphasize on
13503 This might seem like the same as
13507 , but it is actually a bit different.
13513 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13515 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13518 \begin_layout Labeling
13519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13526 This is text with Underbar on.
13532 arg "font-underline"
13538 \begin_inset Newline newline
13543 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13544 when you couldn't change fonts.
13545 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13546 It is only included in LyX because some people
13550 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13553 \begin_layout Labeling
13554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13558 \begin_inset space ~
13563 This is text with Double underbar on.
13567 arg "font-underunderline"
13571 \begin_inset Newline newline
13574 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13575 about double underbar.
13578 \begin_layout Labeling
13579 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13583 \begin_inset space ~
13588 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13592 arg "font-underwave"
13596 \begin_inset Newline newline
13599 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13600 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13603 \begin_layout Labeling
13604 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13611 This is text with Strikeout on.
13617 arg "font-strikeout"
13621 \begin_inset Newline newline
13624 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has since
13628 \begin_layout Labeling
13629 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13636 This is text with Noun on.
13643 , this is a logical attribute.
13644 Normally it's equivalent to
13647 \begin_inset space ~
13656 \begin_layout Labeling
13657 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13662 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13663 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13667 \begin_inset space ~
13672 , which is the default
13673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13680 and means normally black, you can choose between
13713 \begin_inset Index idx
13716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13725 \begin_layout Labeling
13726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13731 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13732 the language of the document.
13733 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13735 \begin_inset Newline newline
13738 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13739 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13740 When using the spell checking (see section
13741 \begin_inset space ~
13745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13747 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13751 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary
13754 \begin_layout Standard
13755 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13756 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13758 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13760 \begin_inset space ~
13765 dialog, the settings are saved.
13766 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13769 arg "textstyle-apply"
13773 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
13774 when the dialog isn't visible.
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13786 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13787 (suppose you just set the shape to
13788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13806 \begin_inset space ~
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13819 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13827 \begin_inset space ~
13839 \begin_layout Itemize
13845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13852 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13870 \begin_inset Newline newline
13874 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13888 \begin_inset Note Note
13891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13892 For more on phantoms see section
13893 \begin_inset space ~
13897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13899 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13909 \begin_inset Newline newline
13915 \begin_layout Itemize
13920 fonts use characters with serifs.
13921 These are the small
13922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13929 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13930 The following example will show the difference:
13931 \begin_inset Newline newline
13935 \begin_inset Newline newline
13940 text without serifs
13943 \begin_inset Newline newline
13946 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13947 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13954 \begin_layout Itemize
13960 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13961 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13964 \begin_layout Standard
13965 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13966 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13969 \begin_layout Section
13970 Printing and Previewing
13973 \begin_layout Subsection
13977 \begin_layout Standard
13978 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13979 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13980 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13981 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13982 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13984 Additional Features
13989 \begin_layout Standard
13990 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13991 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13992 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13993 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13994 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13995 This happens in two stages:
13998 \begin_layout Enumerate
13999 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14000 generating a file with the extension,
14001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14015 \begin_layout Enumerate
14016 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14020 file to produce printable output.
14024 \begin_layout Subsection
14025 Output file formats
14026 \begin_inset Index idx
14029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14038 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14045 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14047 \begin_inset Index idx
14050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14051 File formats ! ASCII
14059 \begin_layout Standard
14060 This file type has the extension
14061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14073 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14077 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14084 \begin_layout Standard
14085 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14087 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14088 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14094 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14096 \begin_inset Index idx
14099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14100 File formats ! LaTeX
14108 \begin_layout Standard
14109 This file type has the extension
14110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14121 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14123 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14124 it manually with console commands.
14125 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14126 you view or export your document.
14129 \begin_layout Standard
14130 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14132 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14133 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14150 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14152 \begin_inset Index idx
14155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14164 \begin_layout Standard
14165 This file type has the extension
14166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14186 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14187 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14188 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14192 \begin_layout Standard
14193 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14194 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14195 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14196 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14198 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14201 \begin_layout Standard
14202 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14204 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14205 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14211 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14213 \begin_inset Index idx
14216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14217 File formats ! PostScript
14225 \begin_layout Standard
14226 This file type has the extension
14227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14239 PostScript was developed by the company
14243 as a printer language.
14244 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14246 PostScript can be seen as a
14247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14250 programming language
14251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14254 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14259 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14265 \begin_inset Index idx
14268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14269 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14279 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14282 \begin_layout Standard
14283 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14287 Encapsulated PostScript
14288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14291 (EPS, file extension
14292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14304 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14305 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14310 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14314 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14315 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14316 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14317 EPS to avoid this problem.
14320 \begin_layout Standard
14321 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14323 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14324 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14332 \begin_inset Index idx
14335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14342 \begin_inset Index idx
14345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14354 \begin_layout Standard
14355 This file type has the extension
14356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14372 Portable Document Format
14373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14380 was derived from PostScript.
14381 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14390 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14391 looks exactly the same.
14394 \begin_layout Standard
14395 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14399 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14403 (JPG, file extension
14404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14431 Portable Network Graphics
14432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14435 (PNG, file extension
14436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14448 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14449 in the background to one of these formats.
14450 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14451 will slow down your workflow.
14452 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14455 \begin_layout Standard
14456 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14458 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14461 in three different ways:
14464 \begin_layout Description
14465 PDF This uses the program
14469 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14470 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14474 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14475 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14478 \begin_layout Description
14480 \begin_inset space ~
14483 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14487 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14491 \begin_layout Description
14493 \begin_inset space ~
14496 (pdflatex) This uses the program pdftex that converts your file directly
14500 \begin_layout Description
14502 \begin_inset space ~
14509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14516 X) This uses the program XeTeX that converts your file directly to PDF.
14517 XeTeX is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support
14518 for direct font access (see section
14519 \begin_inset space ~
14523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14525 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14530 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14533 \begin_layout Description
14535 \begin_inset space ~
14542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14549 X) This uses the program LuaTeX that converts your file directly to PDF.
14550 LuaTeX is an even newer engine, derived from pdflatex, that also provides
14551 direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
14552 \begin_inset space ~
14556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14558 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14563 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14567 \begin_layout Standard
14568 We recommend to use
14571 \begin_inset space ~
14580 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14581 works without problems.
14586 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
14589 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14591 \begin_inset Index idx
14594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14595 FileFormats ! XHTML
14601 \begin_inset Index idx
14604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14613 \begin_layout Standard
14614 This file type has the extension
14615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14627 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14628 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14629 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14630 suitable for the purpose.
14631 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14632 it, but not all do.
14635 \begin_layout Standard
14636 XHTML output remains
14637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14644 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14649 LyX and the World Wide Web
14650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 Additional Features
14657 manual, for more information.
14660 \begin_layout Standard
14661 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14663 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14664 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14670 \begin_layout Subsection
14672 \begin_inset Index idx
14675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14684 \begin_layout Standard
14685 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
14686 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14690 and choose a file type.
14691 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
14694 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14697 you can use the toolbar button
14698 \begin_inset Graphics
14699 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
14706 arg "buffer-view dvi"
14711 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14713 \begin_inset space ~
14719 \begin_inset Graphics
14720 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
14726 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14730 \begin_inset Graphics
14731 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
14738 arg "buffer-view ps"
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14745 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14746 viewer window using the menu
14748 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14754 \begin_layout Standard
14755 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14757 To have a real output, export your document.
14760 \begin_layout Subsection
14761 Printing the File from within LyX
14762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14764 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14771 \begin_layout Standard
14772 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14773 it directly from within LyX.
14774 To print a file, select the menu
14776 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14779 or click on the toolbar button
14780 \begin_inset Graphics
14781 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
14786 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14787 This file is then processed by the program
14791 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14796 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14799 \begin_layout Standard
14800 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14801 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14802 printing one set to print on the other side.
14803 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14804 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14805 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809 You can set the parameters in the
14812 \begin_inset space ~
14820 \begin_layout Labeling
14821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14826 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14831 Note that this printer name is for the program
14840 has to be configured for this printer name.
14841 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14842 \begin_inset space ~
14846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14848 reference "sub:Printer"
14857 The printer should understand PostScript.
14860 \begin_layout Labeling
14861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14866 The name of a file to print to.
14867 The output will be a PostScript file.
14868 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14872 \begin_layout Section
14873 A few Words about Typography
14874 \begin_inset Index idx
14877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14886 \begin_layout Subsection
14888 \begin_inset Index idx
14891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14900 \begin_layout Standard
14902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14913 character comes in four lengths: the
14925 , and the minus sign:
14926 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14932 \begin_layout Standard
14933 \begin_inset Tabular
14934 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14935 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14936 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14937 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14938 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14939 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14968 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15008 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15033 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15035 \begin_inset space ~
15038 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15045 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15072 \begin_inset space ~
15075 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15096 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15130 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15137 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15149 character multiple times in a row.
15150 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15151 the final output, but not in LyX.
15153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15173 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15183 \begin_layout Standard
15184 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15185 math mode and has a length of its own.
15186 Here are some examples of the
15187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15201 \begin_layout Enumerate
15202 line- and page-breaks
15203 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15213 \begin_layout Enumerate
15215 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15225 \begin_layout Enumerate
15226 Oh — there's a dash.
15227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15237 \begin_layout Enumerate
15238 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15242 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15252 \begin_layout Subsection
15254 \begin_inset Index idx
15257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15266 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15273 \begin_layout Standard
15274 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15275 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15280 \begin_inset Index idx
15283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15284 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15289 following the rules of the document language
15293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15294 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
15302 \begin_inset space ~
15306 \begin_inset space ~
15313 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15324 \begin_layout Standard
15325 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15330 font and with unusual constructs, like
15331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15339 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15340 This is done with the menu
15342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15343 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15345 \begin_inset space ~
15351 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15352 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15355 \begin_layout Standard
15356 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15357 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15367 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15375 as a hyphenation possibility.
15376 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15377 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15378 as described in section
15379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15382 Prevent Hyphenation
15383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15393 \begin_layout Subsection
15395 \begin_inset Index idx
15398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15408 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15411 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15418 \begin_layout Standard
15419 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15420 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15421 LaTeX then adds the
15422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15425 appropriate amount of space
15426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15430 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15432 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15435 \begin_layout Standard
15436 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15437 not work in all cases.
15439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15450 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15451 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15454 \begin_layout Standard
15455 Here are some examples of
15459 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15462 \begin_layout Itemize
15467 \begin_layout Itemize
15472 \begin_layout Standard
15473 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15476 \begin_layout Itemize
15478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15482 this is too much space!
15485 \begin_layout Itemize
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15491 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15494 \begin_layout Standard
15495 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15498 \begin_layout Enumerate
15502 \begin_inset space ~
15507 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15508 \begin_inset space ~
15512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15514 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15519 \begin_inset Index idx
15522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15523 Spaces ! inter-word
15531 \begin_layout Enumerate
15535 \begin_inset space ~
15540 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15541 \begin_inset space ~
15545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15547 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15552 \begin_inset Index idx
15555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15564 \begin_layout Enumerate
15568 \begin_inset space ~
15572 \begin_inset space ~
15576 \begin_inset space ~
15583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15585 \begin_inset space ~
15590 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15591 This function is also bound to
15594 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15600 \begin_layout Standard
15601 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15604 \begin_layout Itemize
15606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15610 \begin_inset space \space{}
15613 this is too much space!
15616 \begin_layout Itemize
15617 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15621 \begin_layout Standard
15622 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15623 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15624 will take care of this.
15627 \begin_layout Standard
15628 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15632 \begin_inset space ~
15637 feature described in section
15643 Additional Features
15648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15650 \begin_inset Index idx
15653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15654 Typography ! Quotes
15660 \begin_inset Index idx
15663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15694 \begin_layout Standard
15695 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15696 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15697 and use a closing quote at the end.
15699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15707 The keyboard character,
15711 , generates this automatically.
15714 \begin_layout Standard
15715 You can change the behavior of the
15719 key using the submenu
15725 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15729 \begin_inset Index idx
15732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15733 Document ! Settings
15741 \begin_layout Standard
15742 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15747 There are six choices:
15750 \begin_layout Labeling
15751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15763 Use quotes like this
15764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15772 \begin_inset Quotes els
15776 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15782 \begin_layout Labeling
15783 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15786 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15790 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15796 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15800 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15804 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15810 \begin_layout Labeling
15811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15814 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15818 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15824 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15828 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15832 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15836 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15842 \begin_layout Labeling
15843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15846 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15850 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15856 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15860 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15864 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15868 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15874 \begin_layout Labeling
15875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15878 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15882 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15888 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15892 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15896 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15900 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15906 \begin_layout Labeling
15907 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15910 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15914 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15920 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15924 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15928 \begin_inset Quotes als
15932 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15938 \begin_layout Standard
15939 These settings affect what character the
15946 \begin_layout Subsection
15948 \begin_inset Index idx
15951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15952 Typography ! Ligatures
15958 \begin_inset Index idx
15961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15992 name "sub:Ligatures"
15999 \begin_layout Standard
16000 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16001 print them as single characters.
16002 These groups are known as
16007 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16009 Here are the standard ligatures:
16012 \begin_layout Itemize
16016 \begin_layout Itemize
16020 \begin_layout Itemize
16024 \begin_layout Itemize
16028 \begin_layout Itemize
16032 \begin_layout Standard
16033 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16036 \begin_layout Standard
16037 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16038 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16046 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16062 To break a ligature, use
16064 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16065 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16067 \begin_inset space ~
16074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16085 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16102 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16110 \begin_layout Subsection
16112 \begin_inset Index idx
16115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16124 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16131 \begin_layout Standard
16132 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16133 characters in different sizes and heights.
16134 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16135 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16155 \begin_inset Note Note
16158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16159 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16167 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16168 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16173 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16177 \begin_layout Description
16178 LyX The name of the game, write
16179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16200 \begin_layout Description
16201 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16223 \begin_layout Description
16224 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16246 \begin_layout Description
16247 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16269 \begin_layout Standard
16270 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16275 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16283 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16284 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16285 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16288 : The actual version is
16289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16296 , the previous one was
16297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16307 \begin_layout Standard
16308 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16313 \begin_inset space \space{}
16316 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16318 This will look in LyX like:
16319 \begin_inset Graphics
16320 filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png
16326 \begin_inset Newline newline
16329 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16330 \begin_inset space ~
16334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16336 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16343 \begin_layout Subsection
16345 \begin_inset Index idx
16348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16357 \begin_layout Standard
16358 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16359 space between two words.
16360 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16370 for units use the menu
16372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16373 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16375 \begin_inset space ~
16383 arg "space-insert thin"
16389 \begin_layout Standard
16390 Here's an example to show the differences:
16393 \begin_layout Standard
16394 \begin_inset Tabular
16395 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16396 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16397 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16398 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16405 \begin_inset space ~
16409 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16421 space between number and unit
16428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16437 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16449 half space between number and unit
16462 \begin_layout Subsection
16464 \begin_inset Index idx
16467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16468 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16476 \begin_layout Standard
16477 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16479 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16480 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16481 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16482 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16483 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16484 These bits of text became known as
16495 \begin_layout Standard
16496 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16497 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16498 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16499 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16500 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16501 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16502 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16505 \begin_layout Standard
16506 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16507 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16508 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16509 \begin_inset space ~
16513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16515 key "latexcompanion"
16520 \begin_inset space ~
16524 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16530 ] may have more information.
16531 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16534 \begin_layout Chapter
16535 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16538 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16545 \begin_layout Standard
16546 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16551 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16554 \begin_layout Section
16556 \begin_inset Index idx
16559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16575 \begin_layout Standard
16576 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16579 \begin_layout Description
16581 \begin_inset space ~
16584 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16585 \begin_inset Newline newline
16589 \begin_inset Note Note
16592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16593 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16601 \begin_layout Description
16602 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16603 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16605 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16606 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16608 \begin_inset space ~
16614 \begin_inset Newline newline
16618 \begin_inset Note Comment
16621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16622 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16630 \begin_layout Description
16632 \begin_inset space ~
16635 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16636 set in the document settings under
16638 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16640 \begin_inset space ~
16646 \begin_inset Newline newline
16650 \begin_inset Newline newline
16654 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16663 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16664 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16669 of a comment that appears in the output.
16675 \begin_inset Newline newline
16679 \begin_inset Newline newline
16682 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16683 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16686 \begin_layout Standard
16687 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16695 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16699 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16702 \begin_layout Section
16704 \begin_inset Index idx
16707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16716 name "sec:Footnotes"
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16724 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16730 or the toolbar button
16733 arg "footnote-insert"
16745 \begin_inset Graphics
16746 filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16755 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16784 label, the box will
16788 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16789 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16802 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16818 \begin_layout Standard
16819 Here is an example footnote:
16827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16828 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16836 \begin_layout Standard
16837 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16838 position where the footnote box is placed.
16839 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16840 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
16841 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
16843 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
16844 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
16849 ey are described in the
16856 \begin_layout Section
16858 \begin_inset Index idx
16861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16870 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16877 \begin_layout Standard
16878 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16879 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16883 \begin_inset space ~
16888 or the toolbar button
16891 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16917 appearing within your text.
16918 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16927 \begin_layout Standard
16928 At the side is an example marginal note.
16932 \begin_inset Marginal
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 This is a marginal note.
16944 \begin_layout Standard
16945 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16946 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16947 pages, right on odd pages.
16950 \begin_layout Standard
16951 For further information about marginal notes see section
16954 \begin_inset space ~
16962 \begin_inset space ~
16970 \begin_layout Section
16971 Graphics and Images
16972 \begin_inset Index idx
16975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16982 \begin_inset Index idx
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16994 name "sec:Graphics"
17001 \begin_layout Standard
17002 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17003 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17004 \begin_inset Graphics
17005 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
17011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17015 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17018 \begin_layout Standard
17019 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17024 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17025 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17027 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17028 \begin_inset space ~
17032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17034 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17041 \begin_layout Standard
17046 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17047 of the image in the output.
17048 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17052 \begin_inset space ~
17056 \begin_inset space ~
17065 \begin_inset space ~
17069 \begin_inset space ~
17073 \begin_inset space ~
17078 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17079 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17087 \begin_layout Standard
17090 LaTeX and LyX options
17092 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17093 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17097 \begin_inset space ~
17102 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17103 with the image size is printed.
17107 \begin_inset space ~
17111 \begin_inset space ~
17115 \begin_inset space ~
17120 is explained in the
17131 \begin_layout Standard
17132 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17133 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17135 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17139 \begin_layout Standard
17141 \begin_inset Graphics
17142 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
17144 rotateOrigin center
17151 \begin_layout Standard
17152 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17153 the image into a float, see section
17154 \begin_inset space ~
17158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17160 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17167 \begin_layout Subsection
17169 \begin_inset Index idx
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17181 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17188 \begin_layout Standard
17189 You can insert images in any known file format.
17190 But as we explained in section
17191 \begin_inset space ~
17195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17197 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17201 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17202 LyX uses therefore the program
17206 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17207 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17208 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17209 \begin_inset space ~
17213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17215 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17222 \begin_layout Standard
17223 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17226 \begin_layout Description
17228 \begin_inset space ~
17231 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17232 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17233 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17237 Graphics Interchange Format
17238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17241 (GIF, file extension
17242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17254 \begin_inset Index idx
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17289 Portable Network Graphics
17290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17293 (PNG, file extension
17294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17306 \begin_inset Index idx
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17341 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17345 (JPG, file extension
17346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17370 \begin_inset Index idx
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17404 \begin_layout Description
17406 \begin_inset space ~
17409 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17411 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17412 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17413 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17414 \begin_inset Newline newline
17417 Scalable image formats can be
17418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17421 Scalable Vector Graphics
17422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17425 (SVG, file extension
17426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17438 \begin_inset Index idx
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17473 Encapsulated PostScript
17474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17477 (EPS, file extension
17478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17490 \begin_inset Index idx
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17525 Portable Document Format
17526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17529 (PDF, file extension
17530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17542 \begin_inset Index idx
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17553 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17554 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17560 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17568 \begin_layout Standard
17569 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17573 \begin_layout Subsection
17574 Grouping of Image Settings
17575 \begin_inset Index idx
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17579 Images ! Settings grouping
17587 \begin_layout Standard
17588 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17590 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17591 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17593 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17594 need to manually change each of them.
17598 \begin_layout Standard
17599 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17602 \begin_inset space ~
17607 field in the Graphics dialog.
17608 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17609 by checking the name of the desired group.
17612 \begin_layout Section
17614 \begin_inset Index idx
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17633 \begin_layout Standard
17634 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17635 \begin_inset Graphics
17636 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
17643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17647 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17648 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17649 from the rest of the table.
17650 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17651 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17653 Here's an example table:
17656 \begin_layout Standard
17658 \begin_inset Tabular
17659 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17660 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17661 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17662 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17663 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17664 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 \begin_layout Subsection
17868 \begin_layout Standard
17869 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17870 brings up the table dialog.
17871 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17872 where the cursor is placed currently.
17873 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17874 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17875 done on all of your selection.
17878 \begin_layout Standard
17879 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17882 \begin_inset space ~
17887 helps you in setting table properties.
17888 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17891 \begin_layout Standard
17895 \begin_inset space ~
17900 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17901 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17902 current cell respectively.
17903 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17905 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17906 of text, see section
17907 \begin_inset space ~
17911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17913 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17920 \begin_layout Standard
17921 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17922 using the check box
17931 This will merge the cells to
17935 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17936 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17937 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17938 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17939 in the last row without the upper border:
17942 \begin_layout Standard
17944 \begin_inset Tabular
17945 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17946 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17948 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17949 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17950 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17970 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18046 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 \begin_layout Standard
18082 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18083 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18084 explained in the tables section of the
18087 \begin_inset space ~
18093 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18097 degrees counterclockwise.
18098 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18101 \begin_layout Standard
18102 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 Most DVI-viewers are
18114 able to display rotations.
18122 \begin_layout Standard
18127 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18132 adds lines for all cell borders.
18135 \begin_layout Subsection
18137 \begin_inset Index idx
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 Tables ! Longtables
18147 \begin_inset Index idx
18150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 \begin_layout Standard
18160 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18163 \begin_inset space ~
18167 \begin_inset space ~
18176 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18177 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18180 \begin_layout Description
18185 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18186 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18187 except for the first page, if
18190 \begin_inset space ~
18198 \begin_layout Description
18202 \begin_inset space ~
18207 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18208 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18211 \begin_layout Description
18216 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18217 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18218 except for the last page, if
18221 \begin_inset space ~
18229 \begin_layout Description
18233 \begin_inset space ~
18238 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18239 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18242 \begin_layout Description
18243 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18244 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18250 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18253 \begin_inset space ~
18261 \begin_layout Standard
18262 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18263 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18264 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18265 The others will then be defined as
18270 In this context, first means first in this order:
18273 \begin_inset space ~
18285 \begin_inset space ~
18291 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18294 \begin_layout Standard
18296 \begin_inset Tabular
18297 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18298 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18299 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18300 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18301 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18302 <row endfirsthead="true">
18303 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18314 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18323 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <row endfirsthead="true">
18334 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <row endhead="true">
18367 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <row endhead="true">
18398 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <row endfoot="true">
18431 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18451 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19423 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19432 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19452 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19483 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19545 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19607 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19638 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19669 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19731 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19824 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19855 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19917 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19948 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20041 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20072 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20103 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20134 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20165 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20196 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20227 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20258 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20289 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20320 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20412 <row endlastfoot="true">
20413 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20433 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20450 \begin_layout Subsection
20452 \begin_inset Index idx
20455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20464 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20471 \begin_layout Standard
20472 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20473 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20474 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20475 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20479 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20480 for the cell's paragraph.
20483 \begin_layout Standard
20484 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20485 for the column in the table dialog.
20486 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20487 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20491 \begin_layout Standard
20493 \begin_inset Tabular
20494 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20495 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20497 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20518 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20587 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20643 This is longer now.
20648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20699 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20700 This is longer now.
20705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20731 \begin_layout Standard
20732 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20733 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20738 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20739 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20745 Selection with the mouse or with
20749 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20750 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20751 the selection from outside the table.
20754 \begin_layout Section
20756 \begin_inset Index idx
20759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20775 \begin_layout Subsection
20779 \begin_layout Standard
20780 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20781 have a fixed location.
20783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20790 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20798 \begin_inset space ~
20803 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20804 too many notes on the page.
20807 \begin_layout Standard
20808 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20809 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20810 and pages without text.
20811 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20812 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20813 Floats are therefore numbered.
20814 Referencing is described in section
20815 \begin_inset space ~
20819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20821 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20828 \begin_layout Standard
20829 To insert a float, use the menu
20831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20835 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
20836 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20838 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20839 \begin_inset Index idx
20842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20850 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20851 paragraph within the float.
20852 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20853 by left-clicking on the box label.
20854 A closed float box looks like this:
20855 \begin_inset Graphics
20856 filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png
20861 – a gray button with a red label.
20864 \begin_layout Standard
20865 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20866 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20869 \begin_layout Subsection
20873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20877 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
20882 \begin_inset Index idx
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20888 Floats ! Figure floats
20896 \begin_layout Standard
20898 \begin_inset space ~
20902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20904 reference "cap:Platypus"
20908 was created using the menu
20910 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20911 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20914 or the toolbar button
20917 arg "float-insert figure"
20921 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
20924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20927 or the toolbar button
20930 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
20934 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
20935 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
20937 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20939 \begin_inset space ~
20944 or the toolbar button
20947 arg "layout-paragraph"
20953 \begin_layout Standard
20954 \begin_inset Float figure
20959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20961 \begin_inset Graphics
20962 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
20971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20972 \begin_inset Caption
20974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20977 name "cap:Platypus"
20981 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20994 \begin_layout Standard
20995 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20997 As described in section
20998 \begin_inset space ~
21002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21004 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21008 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21013 or the toolbar button
21019 and refer to it using the menu
21021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21024 or the toolbar button
21027 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21031 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21040 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21053 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21054 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21055 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21056 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21057 as described in section
21058 \begin_inset space ~
21062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21064 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21070 \begin_inset space ~
21074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21076 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21080 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21081 You can also set the images one below the other.
21083 \begin_inset space ~
21087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21089 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21096 reference "fig:Platypus"
21100 are the subfigures.
21103 \begin_layout Standard
21104 \begin_inset Float figure
21109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21110 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21114 \begin_inset Float figure
21119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21120 \begin_inset Caption
21122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21127 name "fig:Undefinable"
21139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21140 \begin_inset Graphics
21141 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21152 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21156 \begin_inset Float figure
21161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21162 \begin_inset Caption
21164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21169 name "fig:Platypus"
21181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21182 \begin_inset Graphics
21183 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
21195 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21202 \begin_inset Caption
21204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21207 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21211 Two distorted images.
21224 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21226 \begin_inset Index idx
21229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21232 Floats ! Table floats
21240 \begin_layout Standard
21241 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21244 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21247 or the toolbar botton
21250 arg "float-insert table"
21254 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21257 \begin_inset space ~
21261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21263 reference "cap:Table-float"
21270 \begin_layout Standard
21271 \begin_inset Float table
21276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21277 \begin_inset Caption
21279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21282 name "cap:Table-float"
21294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 \begin_inset Tabular
21297 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21298 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21299 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21300 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21301 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21365 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21377 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21380 \end{array}\right]$
21388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21392 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21413 \begin_layout Subsection
21415 \begin_inset Index idx
21418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21429 \begin_layout Standard
21430 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21431 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21432 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21434 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21442 \begin_inset space ~
21450 \begin_layout Section
21452 \begin_inset Index idx
21455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21464 name "sec:Minipages"
21471 \begin_layout Standard
21472 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21474 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21475 \begin_inset space ~
21482 \begin_layout Standard
21483 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21489 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21490 and its alignment within the page.
21493 \begin_layout Standard
21495 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21505 height_special "totalheight"
21508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21511 This is a minipage.
21512 The text is set in an italic style.
21515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21518 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21519 another formatting.
21527 \begin_layout Standard
21528 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21531 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21535 as described in section
21536 \begin_inset space ~
21540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21542 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21547 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21553 \begin_layout Standard
21554 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21564 height_special "totalheight"
21567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21568 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21569 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21575 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21579 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21589 height_special "totalheight"
21592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21593 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21594 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21602 \begin_layout Standard
21603 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21609 \begin_layout Standard
21610 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21611 to other box types.
21612 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21623 \begin_layout Chapter
21624 Mathematical Formulas
21625 \begin_inset Index idx
21628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21635 \begin_inset Index idx
21638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21669 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21676 \begin_layout Standard
21677 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21682 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21685 \begin_layout Section
21687 \begin_inset Index idx
21690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 \begin_layout Standard
21700 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21701 \begin_inset Graphics
21702 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
21707 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21709 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21710 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21711 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21719 \begin_layout Standard
21720 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21724 \begin_inset space ~
21729 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21732 \begin_layout Standard
21733 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21734 line, like this one:
21737 \begin_layout Standard
21738 This is a line with an inline formula
21739 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21745 \begin_layout Standard
21746 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21748 \begin_inset Formula
21755 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21758 \begin_layout Standard
21759 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21765 \begin_inset space \space{}
21769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21782 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21783 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21787 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21790 \begin_inset space ~
21798 \begin_layout Subsection
21799 Navigating in Formulas
21800 \begin_inset Index idx
21803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21812 \begin_layout Standard
21813 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21814 achieved with the arrow keys.
21815 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21816 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21821 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21822 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21826 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21830 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21833 \end{array}\right]$
21841 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21846 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21847 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21850 \begin_layout Standard
21855 , printed in this document as
21856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21877 \begin_inset Note Note
21880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21881 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21882 space character (visible space).
21887 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21888 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21889 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21894 For example, if you want
21895 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21949 , since in the latter case only the
21952 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21957 will be under the square root sign:
21958 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21964 \begin_layout Standard
21965 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21967 \begin_inset Formula
21969 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21978 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21979 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21982 \begin_layout Subsection
21986 \begin_layout Standard
21987 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21988 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21992 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21993 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21994 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21995 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21996 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21999 \begin_layout Subsection
22000 Exponents and Subscripts
22001 \begin_inset Index idx
22004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22011 \begin_inset Index idx
22014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22023 \begin_layout Standard
22024 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22025 way is to use a command.
22027 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22030 , type in a formula
22036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22052 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22058 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22062 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22083 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22092 , you have to use an extra
22096 to separate the hat and the character.
22098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22102 \begin_inset space \space{}
22106 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22127 Subscripts are similar: To get
22128 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22151 \begin_layout Subsection
22153 \begin_inset Index idx
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 \begin_layout Standard
22166 Create a fraction with either the command
22173 \begin_inset Graphics
22174 filename ../../images/math/frac.png
22182 \begin_inset space ~
22188 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22189 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22190 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22195 To move back up, press
22200 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22201 \begin_inset Formula
22203 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22206 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22214 \begin_layout Subsection
22216 \begin_inset Index idx
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22228 \begin_layout Standard
22229 Roots can be created using the
22232 \begin_inset space ~
22238 \begin_inset Graphics
22239 filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
22262 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22268 produces always a square root.
22271 \begin_layout Subsection
22272 Operators with Limits
22273 \begin_inset Index idx
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 \begin_inset Index idx
22286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22295 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22302 \begin_layout Standard
22304 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22308 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22311 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22312 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22313 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22314 The sum operator will automatically place its
22315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22322 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22325 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22329 \begin_inset Formula
22331 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22336 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22340 \begin_layout Standard
22341 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22343 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22344 behind the operator and hitting
22352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22353 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22355 \begin_inset space ~
22359 \begin_inset space ~
22367 \begin_layout Standard
22368 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22376 feature as addition, such as
22377 \begin_inset Index idx
22380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22387 \begin_inset Formula
22389 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22394 which will place the
22395 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22407 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22408 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22414 \begin_layout Standard
22415 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22422 Have a look at section
22423 \begin_inset space ~
22427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22429 reference "sub:Functions"
22433 for an explanation of function macros.
22436 \begin_layout Subsection
22438 \begin_inset Index idx
22441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22450 \begin_layout Standard
22451 Most math symbols can be found in the
22454 \begin_inset space ~
22459 under one of several categories; including
22476 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22480 \begin_layout Standard
22481 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22482 you don't have to use the
22485 \begin_inset space ~
22490 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22491 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22494 \begin_layout Subsection
22496 \begin_inset Index idx
22499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22508 \begin_layout Standard
22509 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22514 arg "space-insert protected"
22520 \begin_inset space ~
22526 \begin_inset Graphics
22527 filename ../../images/math/space.png
22532 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22533 For example, the sequence
22538 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22542 \begin_inset Graphics
22543 filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22548 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22549 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22550 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22551 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22553 Here are two examples:
22556 \begin_layout Standard
22566 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22572 \begin_layout Standard
22582 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22588 \begin_layout Subsection
22590 \begin_inset Index idx
22593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22602 name "sub:Functions"
22609 \begin_layout Standard
22613 \begin_inset space ~
22618 contains under the button
22619 \begin_inset Graphics
22620 filename ../../images/math/functions.png
22624 a number of function macros, such as
22625 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22629 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22637 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22644 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22645 avoid confusions, because
22646 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22650 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22657 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22659 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22663 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22671 s are placed, as described in section
22672 \begin_inset space ~
22676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22678 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22685 \begin_layout Subsection
22687 \begin_inset Index idx
22690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22699 \begin_layout Standard
22700 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22702 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22703 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22708 \begin_inset space \space{}
22712 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22715 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22716 Our example is entered by typing
22724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22737 \begin_inset space ~
22741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22743 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22747 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22750 \begin_layout Standard
22751 \begin_inset Float table
22756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22757 \begin_inset Caption
22759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22762 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22766 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22776 \begin_inset Tabular
22777 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22778 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22781 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22865 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22919 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22973 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23027 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23081 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23135 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23189 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23243 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23297 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23342 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23363 \begin_layout Standard
23364 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23367 \begin_inset space ~
23373 \begin_inset Graphics
23374 filename ../../images/math/hat.png
23378 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23382 \begin_layout Section
23383 Brackets and Delimiters
23384 \begin_inset Index idx
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23394 \begin_inset Index idx
23397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23406 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23413 \begin_layout Standard
23414 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23415 For most purposes, using just the keys
23420 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23421 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23422 toolbar delimiter icon
23423 \begin_inset Graphics
23424 filename ../../images/math/delim.png
23429 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23431 \begin_inset Formula
23433 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23441 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23442 \begin_inset Formula
23444 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23452 \begin_layout Standard
23453 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23454 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23457 \begin_layout Standard
23458 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23459 left side and right side.
23460 If you use the option
23463 \begin_inset space ~
23468 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23469 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23470 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23471 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23474 \begin_layout Standard
23475 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23476 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23477 inside the brackets.
23478 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23483 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23486 \begin_layout Section
23487 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23488 \begin_inset Index idx
23491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 \begin_inset Index idx
23501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23508 \begin_inset Index idx
23511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23512 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23520 \begin_layout Standard
23521 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23524 \begin_inset space ~
23530 \begin_inset Graphics
23531 filename ../../images/math/matrix.png
23536 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23537 Here is an example:
23538 \begin_inset Formula
23540 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23549 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23550 \begin_inset space ~
23554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23556 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23561 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23562 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23563 This alignment is set in the box
23568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23616 for every column as default.
23617 For example, the sequence
23618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23629 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23630 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23631 corresponds to the relevant column.
23632 The result will look like this:
23633 \begin_inset Formula
23636 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23637 column & has & has\, right\\
23638 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23648 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23651 arg "newline-insert newline"
23654 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23655 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23657 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23660 or the math toolbar.
23663 \begin_layout Standard
23664 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23665 It can be created with the menu
23667 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23668 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23670 \begin_inset space ~
23682 Here is an example:
23683 \begin_inset Formula
23697 \begin_layout Standard
23698 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23701 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23704 arg "newline-insert newline"
23708 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23713 arg "newline-insert newline"
23716 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23724 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23725 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23726 A new row is created by every further hit of
23729 arg "newline-insert newline"
23733 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23734 Here is an example:
23735 \begin_inset Formula
23737 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23738 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23743 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23744 where you want to start the shift and hit
23749 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23750 position to the next column.
23751 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23752 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23753 \begin_inset Formula
23755 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23763 \begin_layout Standard
23764 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23771 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23772 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23775 reference "eq:asquared"
23780 The other types are described in section
23781 \begin_inset space ~
23785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23787 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23794 \begin_layout Section
23795 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23796 \begin_inset Index idx
23799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23800 Math ! Formula numbering
23806 \begin_inset Index idx
23809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23810 Math ! Referencing formulas
23816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23818 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23825 \begin_layout Standard
23826 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23828 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23829 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23831 \begin_inset space ~
23839 arg "math-number-toggle"
23843 The formula number appears in LyX as
23844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23851 within parentheses.
23853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23860 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23862 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23863 the document class.
23864 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23865 separated by a dot:
23866 \begin_inset Formula
23876 arg "math-number-toggle"
23879 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23880 You can only number displayed formulas.
23883 \begin_layout Standard
23884 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23886 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23887 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23889 \begin_inset space ~
23893 \begin_inset space ~
23897 \begin_inset space ~
23905 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23908 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23909 \begin_inset Formula
23912 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23918 To number all lines use the shortcut
23921 arg "math-number-toggle"
23927 \begin_layout Standard
23928 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23931 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23932 A label is inserted with the menu
23934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23937 when the cursor is in the formula.
23938 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23939 It is recommended to use the proposed
23940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23951 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23952 type when you have many labels in your document.
23953 We inserted in the following example the label
23954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23961 in the second line:
23962 \begin_inset Formula
23964 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23965 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23970 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23971 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23981 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23985 \begin_inset space ~
23991 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23992 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23993 as the formula number:
23996 \begin_layout Standard
23997 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24000 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24007 \begin_layout Standard
24008 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24009 \begin_inset space ~
24013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24015 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24020 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24026 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24031 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24039 \begin_layout Section
24040 User defined math macros
24041 \begin_inset Index idx
24044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24053 \begin_layout Standard
24054 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24055 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24056 Math macros are explained in section
24059 \begin_inset space ~
24071 \begin_layout Section
24075 \begin_layout Subsection
24077 \begin_inset Index idx
24080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24089 \begin_layout Standard
24090 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24091 To set a font in a formula, use the
24094 \begin_inset space ~
24100 \begin_inset Graphics
24101 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24105 , or enter its command, listed in table
24106 \begin_inset space ~
24110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24112 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24119 \begin_layout Standard
24120 \begin_inset Float table
24125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24126 \begin_inset Caption
24128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24131 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24135 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24145 \begin_inset Tabular
24146 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24147 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24181 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24208 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24235 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24268 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24295 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24322 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24356 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24383 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24417 \begin_layout Standard
24418 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24426 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24442 \begin_layout Standard
24443 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24444 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24449 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24450 space when you need a space in the box.
24451 Here an example where
24452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24463 denotes the set of numbers:
24464 \begin_inset Formula
24466 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24474 \begin_layout Standard
24475 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24481 \begin_inset space \space{}
24493 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24497 \begin_inset Newline newline
24500 So it is better not to use this feature.
24503 \begin_layout Standard
24504 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24505 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24509 \begin_inset Newline newline
24512 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24518 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24519 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24525 \begin_layout Standard
24532 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24535 \begin_layout Standard
24536 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24538 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24539 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24541 \begin_inset space ~
24549 \begin_layout Subsection
24551 \begin_inset Index idx
24554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24563 \begin_layout Standard
24564 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24566 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24570 \begin_inset space ~
24574 \begin_inset space ~
24582 \begin_inset space ~
24588 \begin_inset Graphics
24589 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24600 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24601 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24602 Here is an example:
24603 \begin_inset Formula
24606 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24607 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24616 \begin_layout Subsection
24618 \begin_inset Index idx
24621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24630 \begin_layout Standard
24631 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24632 automatically chosen in most situations.
24650 For most characters,
24658 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24659 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24664 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24665 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24667 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24668 \begin_inset Graphics
24669 filename ../../images/math/style.png
24674 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24675 For example, you can set
24676 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24679 , which is normally in
24688 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24692 The four styles are used in the following example:
24695 \begin_layout Standard
24696 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24700 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24704 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24708 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24714 \begin_layout Standard
24715 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24716 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24718 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24720 \begin_inset space ~
24725 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24726 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24727 will be adjusted to correspond.
24728 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24739 \begin_layout Standard
24743 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24749 \begin_layout Section
24753 \begin_layout Standard
24754 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24755 the document classes and into layout modules.
24756 \begin_inset Index idx
24759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24765 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24766 other than the AMS classes.
24768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24770 reference "sub:Modules"
24774 for more on layout modules.
24777 \begin_layout Section
24779 \begin_inset Index idx
24782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24789 \begin_inset Index idx
24792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24801 \begin_layout Standard
24802 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24803 (AMS) that are in common use.
24806 \begin_layout Subsection
24807 Enabling AMS-Support
24810 \begin_layout Standard
24811 Selecting the checkbox
24814 \begin_inset space ~
24818 \begin_inset space ~
24822 \begin_inset space ~
24829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24833 \begin_inset Index idx
24836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24837 Document ! Settings
24845 \begin_inset space ~
24850 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24852 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24853 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24856 \begin_layout Subsection
24858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24860 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24865 \begin_inset Index idx
24868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24869 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24877 \begin_layout Standard
24878 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24879 LyX allows you to choose between
24900 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24903 \begin_layout Chapter
24907 \begin_layout Section
24909 \begin_inset Index idx
24912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24921 name "sec:Cross-References"
24928 \begin_layout Standard
24929 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24930 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24932 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24933 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24934 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24937 \begin_layout Enumerate
24941 \begin_layout Enumerate
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24944 name "enu:Second-item"
24951 \begin_layout Enumerate
24955 \begin_layout Standard
24956 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24958 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24961 or by pressing the toolbar button
24962 \begin_inset Graphics
24963 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
24969 A grey label box like this:
24970 \begin_inset Graphics
24971 filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png
24976 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24977 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25012 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25017 \begin_inset space \space{}
25020 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25035 \begin_layout Standard
25036 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25041 or the toolbar button
25042 \begin_inset Graphics
25043 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
25049 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25050 \begin_inset Graphics
25051 filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png
25056 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25058 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25071 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25081 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25086 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25087 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25089 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25095 \begin_layout Standard
25096 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25097 \begin_inset space ~
25101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25103 reference "enu:Second-item"
25110 \begin_layout Standard
25111 It is recommended to use a protected space
25115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25116 described in section
25117 \begin_inset space ~
25121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25123 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25132 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25137 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25140 \begin_layout Description
25141 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25144 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25151 \begin_layout Description
25152 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25153 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25165 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25172 \begin_layout Description
25173 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25174 \begin_inset space ~
25178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25179 LatexCommand pageref
25180 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25187 \begin_layout Description
25189 \begin_inset space ~
25193 \begin_inset space ~
25196 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25198 LatexCommand vpageref
25199 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25206 \begin_layout Description
25208 \begin_inset space ~
25212 \begin_inset space ~
25216 \begin_inset space ~
25219 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25222 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25229 \begin_layout Description
25231 \begin_inset space ~
25234 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25235 \begin_inset Newline newline
25239 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25247 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25256 \begin_inset Index idx
25259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25260 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25266 \begin_inset Index idx
25269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25270 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25281 \begin_inset Newline newline
25284 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25287 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25291 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25292 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25296 The format is specified by adding the command
25308 (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
25309 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25322 ) can be done with this command
25323 \begin_inset Newline newline
25330 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25335 \begin_inset Newline newline
25338 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25340 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25342 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25349 \begin_layout Description
25351 \begin_inset space ~
25354 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25356 LatexCommand nameref
25357 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25364 \begin_layout Standard
25369 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25376 \begin_inset space \space{}
25380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25394 <reference> on page <page>
25396 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25399 \begin_layout Standard
25400 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25401 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25402 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25406 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25410 \begin_layout Standard
25411 You can only use the style
25415 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25419 is always possible.
25422 \begin_layout Standard
25423 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25424 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25426 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25427 \begin_inset space ~
25431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25433 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25440 \begin_layout Standard
25441 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25445 \begin_inset space ~
25449 \begin_inset space ~
25454 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25455 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25458 \begin_inset space ~
25463 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25464 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25465 \begin_inset Graphics
25466 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25467 rotateOrigin center
25474 \begin_layout Standard
25475 You can change labels at any time.
25476 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25477 do not need to take care about this.
25480 \begin_layout Standard
25481 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25482 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25485 \begin_layout Standard
25486 References are described in detail in sec.
25487 \begin_inset space ~
25491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25505 \begin_layout Section
25506 Table of Contents and other Listings
25507 \begin_inset Index idx
25510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25517 \begin_inset Index idx
25520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25536 \begin_layout Subsection
25538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25540 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25547 \begin_layout Standard
25548 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25551 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25553 \begin_inset space ~
25557 \begin_inset space ~
25563 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25564 If you click on it, the
25568 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25569 sections in your documents.
25570 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25572 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25575 that is described in sec.
25576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25582 reference "sec:Navigating"
25589 \begin_layout Standard
25590 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25591 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25593 \begin_inset space ~
25597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25599 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25603 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25605 \begin_inset space ~
25609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25611 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25615 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25617 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25620 \begin_layout Subsection
25621 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25624 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25631 \begin_layout Standard
25632 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25633 You can insert them via the
25635 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25637 \begin_inset space ~
25641 \begin_inset space ~
25647 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25650 \begin_layout Section
25651 URLs and Hyperlinks
25652 \begin_inset Index idx
25655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25662 \begin_inset Index idx
25665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25674 \begin_layout Subsection
25676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25686 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25688 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25695 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25696 \begin_inset Flex URL
25699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25710 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25716 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25720 \begin_layout Standard
25721 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25729 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25737 \begin_layout Subsection
25739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25741 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25748 \begin_layout Standard
25749 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25751 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25754 or with the toolbar button
25755 \begin_inset Graphics
25756 filename ../../images/href-insert.png
25761 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25770 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25771 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25772 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25774 name "LyX's homepage"
25775 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25779 , an Email address like this:
25780 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25782 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25783 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25788 , or a link to a file.
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25792 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25805 to the link target.
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25809 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25810 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25811 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25812 the text style dialog.
25813 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25817 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25819 name "LyX's homepage"
25820 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25827 \begin_layout Standard
25828 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25832 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25834 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25835 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25839 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25841 \begin_inset Newline newline
25849 \begin_inset Newline newline
25856 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25859 \begin_layout Section
25861 \begin_inset Index idx
25864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25871 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25873 name "sec:Appendices"
25880 \begin_layout Standard
25881 Appendices are created with the menu
25883 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25885 \begin_inset space ~
25889 \begin_inset space ~
25895 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25896 as the appendix region.
25897 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25901 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25902 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25903 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25904 and the subsection number.
25905 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25911 \begin_inset space ~
25915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25917 reference "cha:Credits"
25922 \begin_inset space ~
25926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25928 reference "sub:Export"
25935 \begin_layout Section
25937 \begin_inset Index idx
25940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25949 name "sec:Bibliography"
25956 \begin_layout Standard
25957 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25958 You can include a bibliography database,
25962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25963 Known under the name
25964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25976 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25977 manually, using the paragraph environment
25981 , which was described in section
25982 \begin_inset space ~
25986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25988 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25993 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25994 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25998 use a bibliography database.
26001 \begin_layout Subsection
26002 The Bibliography Environment
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26010 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26012 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26021 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26023 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26032 , a short form of its title, as key.
26035 \begin_layout Standard
26036 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26041 or the toolbar button
26042 \begin_inset Graphics
26043 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
26048 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26049 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26050 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26051 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26056 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26057 entry with surrounding brackets.
26062 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26063 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26078 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26081 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26083 key "latexcompanion"
26090 \begin_layout Standard
26091 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26092 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26101 \begin_layout Subsection
26102 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26103 \begin_inset Index idx
26106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26107 Bibliography ! Databases
26113 \begin_inset Index idx
26116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26117 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26125 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26132 \begin_layout Standard
26133 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26139 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26141 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26142 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26147 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26149 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26150 your working field in a database.
26151 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26152 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26154 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26158 \begin_layout Standard
26159 The database is a text file with the file extension
26160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26171 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26172 The format is explained in
26173 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26179 and in LaTeX books (
26180 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26182 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26187 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26188 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26189 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26190 \begin_inset Flex URL
26193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26195 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26203 \begin_layout Standard
26204 To use a database, use the menu
26206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26211 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26224 \begin_inset space ~
26230 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26231 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26234 Add bibliography to TOC
26236 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26241 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26242 in the document or just the cited references.
26245 \begin_layout Standard
26246 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26258 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26259 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26260 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26262 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26268 For information how this is done, have a look at
26269 \begin_inset Newline newline
26273 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26275 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26287 \begin_layout Standard
26288 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26291 \begin_layout Standard
26292 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26295 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26296 either in the document settings under
26300 or in LyX's preferences under
26302 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26317 The following variants are possible:
26320 \begin_layout Description
26323 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26324 other bibliography packages (like e.
26325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26329 \begin_inset space ~
26336 ), only with the package
26340 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26344 \begin_layout Description
26347 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26348 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26349 with all bibliography packages, except of
26354 \begin_layout Description
26357 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26362 , works with all.bibliography packages
26365 \begin_layout Standard
26368 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26372 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26378 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26387 \begin_layout Standard
26388 When you select the option
26390 Sectioned bibliography
26394 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26397 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26398 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26400 Customizing Bibliographies
26408 Additional Features
26413 \begin_layout Standard
26414 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26415 the two methods of creating them.
26416 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26417 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26418 We used the style file
26422 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26425 \begin_layout Subsection
26426 Bibliography layout
26427 \begin_inset Index idx
26430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26431 Bibliography ! Layout
26439 \begin_layout Standard
26440 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26441 For this feature you need to enable the option
26447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26451 \begin_inset Index idx
26454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26455 Document ! Settings
26465 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26466 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26467 in the previous section.
26470 \begin_layout Standard
26471 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26472 in the citation reference window.
26473 Here an example where we set the text
26474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26478 \begin_inset space ~
26482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26485 to appear after the reference:
26488 \begin_layout Standard
26490 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26493 key "latexcompanion"
26500 \begin_layout Section
26502 \begin_inset Index idx
26505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26522 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26526 \begin_inset space ~
26531 or the toolbar button
26532 \begin_inset Graphics
26533 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
26539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26550 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26551 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26552 by LyX as the index entry.
26555 \begin_layout Standard
26556 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26557 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26559 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26561 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26568 \begin_layout Standard
26569 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26573 \begin_inset space ~
26577 \begin_inset space ~
26580 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26582 \begin_inset space ~
26588 A light blue box labeled
26589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26600 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26601 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26604 \begin_layout Subsection
26605 Grouping Index Entries
26606 \begin_inset Index idx
26609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26618 \begin_layout Standard
26619 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26621 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26622 lists under the entry
26623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26631 First we create the entry
26632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26640 \begin_inset space ~
26644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26646 reference "sub:Lists"
26651 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26652 \begin_inset space ~
26656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26658 reference "sec:Itemize"
26662 , we insert the command
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26671 \begin_layout Standard
26675 \begin_layout Standard
26681 \begin_layout Standard
26682 for the enumerated list in section
26683 \begin_inset space ~
26687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26689 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26696 \begin_layout Standard
26697 The exclamation mark
26698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26705 marks the grouping levels.
26706 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26707 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26708 If we don't have an index entry for
26709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26716 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26719 \begin_layout Subsection
26721 \begin_inset Index idx
26724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26725 Index ! Page ranges
26733 \begin_layout Standard
26734 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26736 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26742 \begin_inset space \space{}
26745 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26747 \begin_inset space ~
26751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26753 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26763 Paragraph environments|(
26766 \begin_layout Standard
26767 and another entry at the end of section
26768 \begin_inset space ~
26772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26774 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26781 \begin_layout Standard
26784 Paragraph environments|)
26787 \begin_layout Standard
26789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26812 respectively start and end the index range.
26813 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26814 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26815 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26816 An example is the index entry
26817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26820 Document ! Settings
26821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26827 \begin_layout Subsection
26829 \begin_inset Index idx
26832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26833 Index ! Cross referencing
26841 \begin_layout Standard
26842 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26843 We referred for example in the index entry
26844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26852 \begin_inset space ~
26856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26858 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26862 ) to the index entry
26863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26870 in the same section using the entry
26873 \begin_layout Standard
26876 GIF|see{Image formats}
26879 \begin_layout Standard
26880 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26881 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26882 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26885 \begin_layout Subsection
26887 \begin_inset Index idx
26890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26891 Index ! Entry order
26899 \begin_layout Standard
26900 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26901 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26902 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26907 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26909 \begin_inset space ~
26913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26915 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26924 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26925 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26950 \begin_inset Index idx
26953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26954 Dummy entries ! maïs
26960 \begin_inset Index idx
26963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26964 Dummy entries ! maître
26970 \begin_inset Index idx
26973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26974 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26979 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26980 order maïs, maison, maître.
26981 To achieve this, we use the command
26984 \begin_layout Standard
26987 previous entry@current entry
26990 \begin_layout Standard
26991 In our case we want to have
26992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27007 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27010 \begin_layout Standard
27016 \begin_layout Standard
27017 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27018 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27023 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27030 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27035 to generate the index (see sec.
27036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27042 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27051 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27059 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27063 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27064 index commands start with
27065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27077 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27082 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27085 \begin_layout Standard
27097 \begin_layout Standard
27109 \begin_layout Subsection
27111 \begin_inset Index idx
27114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27115 Index ! Entry layout
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27124 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27125 \begin_inset Index idx
27128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27131 This is an italic dummy entry
27136 You can also format the page number using the character
27137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27144 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27145 We can write for example
27148 \begin_layout Standard
27151 italic page number:|textit
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27155 to get the page number in italic.
27156 \begin_inset Index idx
27159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27160 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27165 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27183 \begin_inset space ~
27189 Have a look at section
27190 \begin_inset space ~
27194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27196 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27200 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27204 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27212 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27216 to generate the index, see sec.
27217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27223 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27232 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27233 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27234 they can be used, see
27235 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27238 key "latexcompanion"
27250 \begin_layout Standard
27251 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27253 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27254 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27255 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27256 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27257 If so, put the following in the preamble
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27272 \begin_layout Standard
27276 \begin_layout Standard
27282 \begin_layout Standard
27283 in the index entry.
27284 \begin_inset Index idx
27287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27288 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27293 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27294 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27295 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27299 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27305 \begin_inset space \space{}
27308 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27309 for all index entries.
27310 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27322 documentation for details,
27323 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27325 key "makeindex,xindy"
27332 \begin_layout Subsection
27334 \begin_inset Index idx
27337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27346 name "sub:Index-Program"
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27354 If the index entry program
27358 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27362 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27371 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27372 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27373 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27374 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27375 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27385 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27386 dialog, see section
27387 \begin_inset space ~
27391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27393 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27398 The available options are listed and explained in
27399 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27401 key "makeindex,xindy"
27406 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27411 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27412 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27416 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27420 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27421 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27424 \begin_layout Subsection
27428 \begin_layout Standard
27429 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27430 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27438 next to the standard index.
27439 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27440 packages that add this feature.
27446 \begin_inset Index idx
27449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27450 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27455 package to generate multiple indexes.
27456 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27457 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27458 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27465 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27466 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27467 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27471 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27474 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27481 Use multiple Indexes
27482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27486 Note that the list of
27487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27494 below already contains the standard index.
27495 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27496 also appear as a heading) to the
27497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27504 input field and press the
27505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27513 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27514 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27515 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27519 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27525 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27526 indexes in the LyX work area.
27529 \begin_layout Standard
27530 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27535 \begin_inset space ~
27539 \begin_inset space ~
27548 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27549 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27550 are some additional features:
27553 \begin_layout Itemize
27554 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27555 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27558 \begin_layout Itemize
27559 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27560 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27569 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27574 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27575 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27576 to the non-subindexes.
27579 \begin_layout Section
27580 Nomenclature / Glossary
27581 \begin_inset Index idx
27584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27591 \begin_inset Index idx
27594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27625 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27633 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27634 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27638 \begin_layout Standard
27639 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27644 \begin_inset Index idx
27647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27648 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27654 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27655 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27661 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27665 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27666 and then use the menu
27668 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27674 \begin_inset space ~
27679 or the toolbar button
27680 \begin_inset Graphics
27681 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
27687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27698 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27702 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27703 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27704 The second is the description of the symbol.
27707 \begin_layout Standard
27708 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27716 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27724 \begin_layout Subsection
27725 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27726 \begin_inset Index idx
27729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27730 Nomenclature ! Layout
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27743 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27749 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27757 \begin_inset Newline newline
27765 \begin_inset Newline newline
27771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27778 character starts/ends the formula.
27779 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27791 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27802 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27803 \begin_inset space ~
27807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27809 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27816 \begin_layout Standard
27820 \begin_inset space ~
27825 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27826 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27831 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27838 in this document is:
27839 \begin_inset Newline newline
27844 dummy entry for the character
27849 \begin_inset Newline newline
27861 \begin_inset space ~
27871 font use the command
27900 \begin_layout Subsection
27901 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27902 \begin_inset Index idx
27905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27906 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27914 \begin_layout Standard
27915 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27916 the symbol definition.
27917 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27918 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27921 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27922 LatexCommand nomenclature
27924 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27931 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27935 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27936 LatexCommand nomenclature
27939 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27944 They will be sorted by
27945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27971 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27974 will be sorted before the
27978 since the character
27979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27986 is considered in sorting.
27989 \begin_layout Standard
27990 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27993 \begin_inset space ~
27998 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27999 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28001 For the example given, you can insert
28005 in this field for the
28006 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28013 will be located before
28014 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28020 \begin_layout Standard
28021 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28026 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28035 \begin_layout Subsection
28036 Nomenclature Options
28037 \begin_inset Index idx
28040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28041 Nomenclature ! Options
28049 \begin_layout Standard
28054 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28055 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28058 \begin_layout Description
28059 refeq Appends the phrase
28060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28075 to every nomenclature entry, where
28081 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28084 \begin_layout Description
28085 refpage Appends the phrase
28086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28101 to every nomenclature entry, where
28107 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28110 \begin_layout Description
28111 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28114 \begin_layout Standard
28115 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28116 class options list in the
28118 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28122 In this document the options
28129 \begin_layout Standard
28130 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28136 \begin_layout Standard
28137 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28138 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28143 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28146 \begin_layout Description
28156 \begin_layout Description
28159 nomrefpage Like the
28166 \begin_layout Description
28169 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28178 \begin_layout Description
28182 \begin_inset space ~
28188 \begin_inset space ~
28193 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28205 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28206 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28217 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28220 \begin_inset Newline newline
28227 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28232 \begin_inset Newline newline
28236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28251 by their translation.
28254 \begin_layout Subsection
28255 Printing the Nomenclature
28256 \begin_inset Index idx
28259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28260 Nomenclature ! Printing
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28269 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28271 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28273 \begin_inset space ~
28277 \begin_inset space ~
28280 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28296 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28299 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28300 You can choose between these settings:
28303 \begin_layout Description
28306 Default a space of 1
28307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28313 \begin_layout Description
28317 \begin_inset space ~
28321 \begin_inset space ~
28324 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28327 \begin_layout Description
28330 Custom custom space
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28334 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28343 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28351 For example, in order to change the name to
28355 , add the following line to the preamble:
28358 \begin_layout Standard
28366 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28369 \begin_layout Subsection
28370 Nomenclature Program
28371 \begin_inset Index idx
28374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28375 Nomenclature ! Program
28381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28383 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28390 \begin_layout Standard
28391 LyX uses the program
28395 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28396 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28401 by adding options, see section
28402 \begin_inset space ~
28406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28408 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28413 The available options are listed and explained in
28414 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28416 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28423 \begin_layout Section
28425 \begin_inset Index idx
28428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28435 \begin_inset Index idx
28438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28439 Document ! Branches
28445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28447 name "sec:Branches"
28454 \begin_layout Standard
28455 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28456 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28457 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28458 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28461 \begin_layout Standard
28462 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28463 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28464 To create a branch, either select the menu
28466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28467 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28470 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28479 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28480 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28481 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28482 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28483 (see below for an example).
28484 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28485 to the name of the other) and to add
28486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28498 \begin_inset space ~
28501 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28502 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28505 \begin_layout Standard
28506 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28507 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28512 where you can choose a branch.
28513 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28517 \begin_layout Standard
28518 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28519 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28522 \begin_layout Standard
28523 \begin_inset Branch Question
28526 \begin_layout Standard
28527 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28535 \begin_layout Standard
28536 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28539 \begin_layout Standard
28540 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28548 \begin_layout Standard
28555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28556 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28559 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28560 Consider for example a file
28561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28568 which has the above branches.
28570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28577 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28601 branch were inactive,
28602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28617 branch was active, likewise
28618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28633 branch was active, and
28634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28637 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28641 if both branches were active.
28642 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28647 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28653 \begin_layout Standard
28654 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28655 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28657 For example you can define for the question branch
28661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28662 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28663 \begin_inset space ~
28667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28669 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28681 \begin_layout Standard
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28701 \begin_layout Standard
28702 and for the answer branch
28705 \begin_layout Standard
28715 \begin_layout Standard
28725 \begin_layout Standard
28726 \begin_inset Branch Question
28729 \begin_layout Standard
28733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28761 \begin_layout Standard
28762 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28765 \begin_layout Standard
28769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28797 \begin_layout Standard
28798 Now it is possible to use the commands
28802 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28809 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28812 to obtain conditional output.
28813 Here is an example formula where only the
28820 \begin_inset Formula
28822 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28830 \begin_layout Standard
28831 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28839 \begin_layout Section
28841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28843 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28848 \begin_inset Index idx
28851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28860 \begin_layout Standard
28865 dialog allows you in the
28869 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28870 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28875 \begin_inset Index idx
28878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28879 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28887 \begin_layout Standard
28892 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28893 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28894 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28896 You can specify in the dialog tab
28900 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28902 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28903 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28907 \begin_layout Standard
28912 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28913 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28914 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28916 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28917 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28919 \begin_inset space ~
28922 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28923 \begin_inset space ~
28926 1 will only display the sections.
28929 \begin_layout Standard
28930 The header information in the dialog tab
28934 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28935 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28940 \begin_inset space \space{}
28943 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28944 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28947 Automatic fill header
28949 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28950 title and author settings.
28953 \begin_layout Standard
28956 Load in fullscreen mode
28958 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28961 \begin_layout Standard
28962 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28963 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28969 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28970 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28979 \begin_layout Section
28980 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28983 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28990 \begin_layout Subsection
28992 \begin_inset Index idx
28995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29004 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29011 \begin_layout Standard
29012 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29013 constructs, but not all.
29014 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29015 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29016 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29017 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29018 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29022 \begin_layout Standard
29023 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29025 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29029 \begin_inset space ~
29034 or by the toolbar button
29035 \begin_inset Graphics
29036 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
29041 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29045 \begin_layout Standard
29046 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29047 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29048 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29049 using the LaTeX-command
29055 , you can write the command part
29061 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29065 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29066 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29067 the following example:
29070 \begin_layout Standard
29071 \begin_inset Graphics
29072 filename ../clipart/ERT.png
29080 \begin_layout Standard
29084 \begin_layout Standard
29085 This is a line with a
29089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 \begin_layout Standard
29113 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29121 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29122 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29130 \begin_layout Subsection
29131 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29132 \begin_inset Argument
29135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29142 \begin_inset Index idx
29145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29154 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29161 \begin_layout Standard
29162 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29163 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29164 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29173 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29174 any time if you know the right commands.
29176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29180 \begin_inset space \space{}
29183 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29185 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29186 all caption labels bold.
29187 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29189 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29193 \begin_layout Standard
29194 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29195 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29196 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29198 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29207 \begin_layout Standard
29208 As result you know that the package
29213 \begin_inset Index idx
29216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29217 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29223 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29225 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29231 \begin_layout Standard
29236 usepackage[options]{package name}
29239 \begin_layout Standard
29240 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29241 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29242 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29245 \begin_layout Standard
29246 In your case the package name is
29251 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29256 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29257 So you add the command
29260 \begin_layout Standard
29265 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29268 \begin_layout Standard
29269 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29274 For more commands provided by the
29278 package, have a look at its documentation,
29279 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29293 \begin_layout Standard
29294 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29296 For example if you use a
29300 class, you don't need the package
29304 , you can instead write
29307 \begin_layout Standard
29312 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29317 \begin_layout Standard
29318 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29319 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29320 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29327 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29330 \begin_layout Standard
29331 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29332 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29334 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29335 the previous section.
29338 \begin_layout Standard
29339 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29341 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29343 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29350 \begin_layout Standard
29351 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29357 \begin_layout Standard
29361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29371 \begin_inset Note Note
29374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29375 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29383 \begin_layout Left Header
29384 \begin_inset Argument
29387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29407 \begin_inset Note Note
29410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29411 defines the header line as described below
29419 \begin_layout Center Header
29420 \begin_inset Argument
29423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29432 \begin_layout Right Header
29433 \begin_inset Argument
29436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29457 \begin_layout Left Footer
29458 \begin_inset Argument
29461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29482 \begin_layout Center Footer
29483 \begin_inset Argument
29486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29497 \begin_inset Newline newline
29501 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29507 \begin_layout Right Footer
29508 \begin_inset Argument
29511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29533 \begin_layout Section
29534 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29537 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29542 \begin_inset Index idx
29545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29548 Document ! Header/Footer line
29554 \begin_inset Index idx
29557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29568 \begin_layout Standard
29569 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29570 to set the headings style to
29576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29582 \begin_inset space ~
29588 As second step add in the menu
29590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29591 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29598 Custom Header/Footerlines
29599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29603 This module offers the 6
29604 \begin_inset space ~
29610 \begin_layout Description
29612 \begin_inset space ~
29616 \begin_inset space ~
29620 \begin_inset space ~
29624 \begin_inset space ~
29628 \begin_inset space ~
29634 \begin_layout Description
29636 \begin_inset space ~
29640 \begin_inset space ~
29644 \begin_inset space ~
29648 \begin_inset space ~
29652 \begin_inset space ~
29658 \begin_layout Standard
29659 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29662 \begin_layout Standard
29663 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29664 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
29666 \begin_inset space ~
29670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29672 reference "fig:Page-layout"
29676 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
29679 \begin_layout Standard
29680 \begin_inset Float figure
29686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29689 \begin_inset Tabular
29690 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
29691 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29692 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29694 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29696 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
29708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29714 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29725 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29743 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29754 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
29757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29758 The normal text on the page goes here.
29759 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
29761 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
29762 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
29767 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29776 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29787 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29805 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29816 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
29828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 \begin_inset Caption
29854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29857 name "fig:Page-layout"
29861 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
29874 \begin_layout Subsection
29878 \begin_layout Standard
29879 To define your header line, add all 3
29880 \begin_inset space ~
29884 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
29885 the optional arguments on even pages.
29886 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
29888 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
29889 Defining the footer line works similar.
29892 \begin_layout Standard
29893 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
29896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29909 \begin_inset space ~
29917 \begin_layout Description
29920 thepage prints the current page number
29923 \begin_layout Description
29926 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
29929 \begin_layout Description
29932 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
29935 \begin_layout Description
29938 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
29939 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
29942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29946 \begin_inset Quotes prd
29949 because it usually goes in a left header.
29952 \begin_layout Description
29955 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
29956 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
29958 It is normally used in the right header.
29961 \begin_layout Subsection
29962 Default header/footer
29965 \begin_layout Standard
29966 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
29967 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
29968 footer has the page number.
29969 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
29970 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
29971 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
29974 \begin_inset space ~
29982 \begin_layout Subsection
29986 \begin_layout Standard
29987 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
29988 Some pages are different.
29989 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
29990 a new part or chapter in your book.
29991 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
29992 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
29993 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
29996 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29997 Header and footer decoration line
30000 \begin_layout Standard
30001 By default, you get a 0.4
30002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30005 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30006 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30018 in the following scheme:
30021 \begin_layout Standard
30028 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30031 \begin_layout Standard
30032 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30041 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30048 \begin_layout Standard
30049 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30050 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30051 \begin_inset space ~
30055 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30065 Several header/footer lines
30068 \begin_layout Standard
30069 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30070 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30071 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30073 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30085 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30088 \begin_layout Standard
30095 headheight}{height}
30098 \begin_layout Standard
30099 Where height is a size in standard units.
30100 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30101 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30102 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30104 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 and look via the button
30121 \begin_inset space ~
30126 if you find a warning of the package
30131 \begin_inset Index idx
30134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30137 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30143 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30144 for your header/footer.
30147 \begin_layout Subsection
30151 \begin_layout Standard
30152 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30153 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30154 This example consists of the following definition:
30157 \begin_layout Description
30159 \begin_inset space ~
30168 , empty optional argument
30171 \begin_layout Description
30173 \begin_inset space ~
30176 Header empty, empty optional argument
30179 \begin_layout Description
30181 \begin_inset space ~
30190 in the optional argument
30193 \begin_layout Description
30195 \begin_inset space ~
30204 in the optional argument
30207 \begin_layout Description
30209 \begin_inset space ~
30221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30225 \begin_inset Newline newline
30229 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30236 in the optional argument
30239 \begin_layout Description
30241 \begin_inset space ~
30250 , empty optional argument
30253 \begin_layout Description
30256 headrulewidth set to 2
30257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30263 \begin_layout Standard
30264 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30266 For more special things like e.
30267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30271 \begin_inset space ~
30274 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30279 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30288 \begin_layout Standard
30289 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30295 \begin_layout Standard
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30303 pagestyle{headings}
30309 \begin_inset Note Note
30312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 switches back to page style with the default headings
30323 \begin_layout Section
30324 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30327 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30332 \begin_inset Index idx
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30342 \begin_inset Index idx
30345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30354 \begin_layout Standard
30355 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30356 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30357 to break your train of thought with
30359 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30365 \begin_layout Standard
30366 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30367 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30372 \begin_inset Index idx
30375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30376 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30381 as explained below, and turn on
30384 \begin_inset space ~
30391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30395 \begin_inset space ~
30399 \begin_inset space ~
30402 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30407 \begin_inset space ~
30412 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30415 \begin_layout Standard
30416 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30418 Previews of an already loaded document are
30422 generated just by selecting the
30425 \begin_inset space ~
30430 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30434 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30435 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30438 \begin_inset space ~
30443 check box in the insert dialog.
30444 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30448 \begin_layout Standard
30449 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30453 (on some systems named simply
30458 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30460 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30466 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30467 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30475 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30479 \begin_layout Standard
30480 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30486 \begin_layout Standard
30487 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30491 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30493 \begin_inset space ~
30498 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30499 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30501 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30502 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30503 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30504 the source view window.
30507 \begin_layout Section
30508 Advanced Find and Replace
30509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30511 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30516 \begin_inset Index idx
30519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30526 \begin_inset Index idx
30529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30538 \begin_layout Subsection
30542 \begin_layout Standard
30543 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30544 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30545 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30546 The key-features are:
30549 \begin_layout Itemize
30550 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30551 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30552 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30556 \begin_layout Itemize
30557 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30558 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30559 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30560 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30563 \begin_layout Itemize
30564 Search may be widened to a specific
30569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30573 \begin_inset space ~
30576 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30577 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30584 \begin_layout Itemize
30585 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30586 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30591 \begin_inset space ~
30594 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30597 \begin_layout Subsection
30601 \begin_layout Standard
30602 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30605 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30618 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30621 ) or the toolbar button
30624 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30630 Advanced Find and Replace
30635 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30639 \begin_layout Standard
30644 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30649 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30654 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30655 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30656 Pressing repeatedly
30660 keeps searching forward.
30661 Similarly, pressing
30665 searches for the entered text backwards.
30668 \begin_layout Standard
30669 While searching, the
30673 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30683 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30686 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30687 Searching for mathematics
30690 \begin_layout Standard
30691 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30695 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30696 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30699 or also something more complex like
30700 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30704 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30705 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30706 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30707 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30713 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30717 \begin_layout Standard
30718 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30719 This is done by switching to the
30723 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30728 This way, entering in the
30735 \begin_layout Itemize
30736 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30737 in emphasized or boldface.
30740 \begin_layout Itemize
30741 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30742 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30743 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30744 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30747 \begin_layout Itemize
30748 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30749 of if only within section headings.
30750 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30751 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30755 \begin_layout Itemize
30756 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30757 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30764 \begin_layout Standard
30765 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30769 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30777 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30781 button or alternatively
30803 \begin_layout Standard
30804 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30805 text segments in your document.
30806 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30810 \begin_layout Itemize
30811 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30812 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30820 with its typewriter version
30823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30833 \begin_layout Itemize
30834 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30840 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30852 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
30856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30859 (you may want to enable the
30867 options and disable the
30875 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
30876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30883 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
30884 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
30888 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
30891 , or occurrences of
30892 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
30896 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
30902 \begin_layout Subsection
30906 \begin_layout Standard
30907 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
30911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
30914 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30916 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
30925 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
30931 This is done via the menu
30933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30934 Insert Regular Expression
30936 while the cursor is in the
30941 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
30942 expression matching rules
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
30949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30953 \begin_inset space ~
30956 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
30957 to match expressions.
30962 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
30963 same text in the document.
30964 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
30965 Examples of using such a feature may be:
30968 \begin_layout Enumerate
30969 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
30974 editor the fraction
30975 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30979 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30982 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30983 fractions with the given denominator.
30986 \begin_layout Enumerate
30987 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30999 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31004 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31005 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31007 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31010 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31011 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31014 \begin_layout Standard
31015 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31016 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31017 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31020 , and referring back to them through
31021 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31025 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31029 For example, try searching for the regexp
31030 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31033 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31036 \begin_layout Standard
31037 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31038 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31039 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31044 \begin_inset space ~
31048 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31051 always refers to the first occurrence of
31052 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31055 in all entered regexps.
31058 \begin_layout Standard
31059 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31063 \begin_layout Section
31065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31067 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31072 \begin_inset Index idx
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31084 \begin_layout Standard
31085 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31088 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31095 or the toolbar button
31098 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31101 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31102 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31103 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31104 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31105 scrolled so that it is visible.
31106 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31107 n, if any could be found.
31108 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31112 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31113 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31116 \begin_layout Standard
31117 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31124 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31125 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31126 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31127 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31128 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31129 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31132 \begin_layout Subsection
31136 \begin_layout Standard
31137 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31140 \begin_inset space ~
31143 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31146 you can set the following things:
31149 \begin_layout Description
31151 \begin_inset space ~
31154 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31155 Depending on your platform,
31169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31170 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31171 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31186 \begin_layout Description
31188 \begin_inset space ~
31191 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31192 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31195 \begin_layout Description
31197 \begin_inset space ~
31200 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31206 \begin_inset space \space{}
31210 This should normally not be needed.
31213 \begin_layout Description
31215 \begin_inset space ~
31219 \begin_inset space ~
31222 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31234 \begin_layout Description
31236 \begin_inset space ~
31239 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31240 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31241 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31242 in the context menu.
31243 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31247 \begin_layout Description
31249 \begin_inset space ~
31253 \begin_inset space ~
31257 \begin_inset space ~
31260 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31264 \begin_layout Section
31266 \begin_inset Index idx
31269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31278 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31285 \begin_layout Standard
31286 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31287 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31299 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31308 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31309 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31310 are available for many languages.
31313 \begin_layout Standard
31314 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31318 \begin_layout Subsection
31319 Setting up the thesaurus
31322 \begin_layout Standard
31330 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31335 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31340 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31346 en_EN for English).
31347 For instance, the English files are named:
31350 \begin_layout Itemize
31354 \begin_layout Itemize
31358 \begin_layout Standard
31359 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31360 already on your system.
31361 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31362 \begin_inset Flex URL
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31367 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31373 \begin_inset Flex URL
31376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31378 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
31387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31388 Note that, as of OpenOffice
31389 \begin_inset space ~
31393 \begin_inset Flex URL
31396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31398 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31403 are usually packed in extension archives (
31407 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31409 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31410 unpack a zip archive.
31423 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31424 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31426 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31427 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31431 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31434 \begin_layout Subsection
31435 Using the thesaurus
31438 \begin_layout Standard
31439 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31441 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31444 or the toolbar button
31445 \begin_inset Graphics
31446 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
31447 rotateOrigin center
31451 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31453 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31455 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31456 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31457 and hyponyms (such as
31465 ), compounds (such as
31469 ) and antonyms (such as
31477 ), which are marked as such.
31480 \begin_layout Standard
31481 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31482 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31486 \begin_layout Standard
31487 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31488 the dictionary, such as the above
31492 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31497 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31498 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31499 For example looking up the word forms
31507 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31512 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31525 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31526 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31527 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31530 \begin_layout Subsection
31531 License of the Thesaurus library
31534 \begin_layout Standard
31539 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
31544 as a standalone program.
31545 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
31546 The library was released under the
31548 Berkeley Database License
31550 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
31551 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
31552 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
31554 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
31557 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
31561 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
31564 \begin_layout Section
31566 \begin_inset Index idx
31569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31576 \begin_inset Index idx
31579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31580 Document ! Change Tracking
31586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31588 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31595 \begin_layout Standard
31596 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31597 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31598 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31599 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31603 \begin_inset space ~
31606 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31608 \begin_inset space ~
31616 \begin_layout Standard
31617 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31631 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31632 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31635 \begin_inset space ~
31639 \begin_inset space ~
31649 \begin_inset Index idx
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31653 Color ! Change tracking
31658 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31659 the cursor is in changed text.
31660 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31661 \begin_inset Graphics
31662 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
31663 rotateOrigin center
31670 \begin_layout Standard
31671 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31672 \begin_inset Index idx
31675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31684 \begin_layout Standard
31685 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31691 \begin_layout Standard
31692 \begin_inset Graphics
31693 filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31700 \begin_layout Standard
31701 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31707 \begin_layout Standard
31708 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31712 \begin_layout Standard
31713 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31719 \begin_layout Standard
31720 \begin_inset Tabular
31721 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31722 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31723 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31724 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31730 \begin_inset Graphics
31731 filename ../../images/changes-track.png
31732 rotateOrigin center
31741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31747 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31749 \begin_inset space ~
31752 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31754 \begin_inset space ~
31763 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31768 \begin_inset Graphics
31769 filename ../../images/changes-output.png
31770 rotateOrigin center
31779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31787 \begin_inset space ~
31790 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31792 \begin_inset space ~
31796 \begin_inset space ~
31800 \begin_inset space ~
31809 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31814 \begin_inset Graphics
31815 filename ../../images/change-next.png
31816 rotateOrigin center
31825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31829 Jumps to the next change
31835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31840 \begin_inset Graphics
31841 filename ../../images/change-accept.png
31842 rotateOrigin center
31851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31857 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31859 \begin_inset space ~
31862 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31864 \begin_inset space ~
31873 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 \begin_inset Graphics
31879 filename ../../images/change-reject.png
31880 rotateOrigin center
31889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31895 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31897 \begin_inset space ~
31900 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31902 \begin_inset space ~
31911 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31916 \begin_inset Graphics
31917 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
31918 rotateOrigin center
31927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31933 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31935 \begin_inset space ~
31938 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31940 \begin_inset space ~
31949 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31954 \begin_inset Graphics
31955 filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
31956 rotateOrigin center
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31973 \begin_inset space ~
31976 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31978 \begin_inset space ~
31982 \begin_inset space ~
31991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31996 \begin_inset Graphics
31997 filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
31998 rotateOrigin center
32007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32013 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32015 \begin_inset space ~
32018 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32020 \begin_inset space ~
32024 \begin_inset space ~
32033 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32038 \begin_inset Graphics
32039 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
32040 rotateOrigin center
32049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32055 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32056 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32058 \begin_inset space ~
32067 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32072 \begin_inset Graphics
32073 filename ../../images/note-next.png
32074 rotateOrigin center
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32091 \begin_inset space ~
32107 \begin_layout Standard
32108 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32114 \begin_layout Standard
32115 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32116 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32117 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32118 the next change after the current cursor position.
32119 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32120 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32121 step to the next change.
32122 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32125 \begin_layout Standard
32126 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32127 to describe a change.
32130 \begin_layout Standard
32131 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32136 \begin_inset Index idx
32139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32140 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32146 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32147 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32153 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32156 \begin_layout Section
32157 Comparison of Documents
32158 \begin_inset Index idx
32161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32164 Comparison of documents
32172 \begin_layout Standard
32173 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32175 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32179 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32181 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32184 \begin_inset space ~
32188 \begin_inset space ~
32192 \begin_inset space ~
32197 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
32202 \begin_inset space ~
32206 \begin_inset space ~
32210 \begin_inset space ~
32214 \begin_inset space ~
32218 \begin_inset space ~
32222 \begin_inset space ~
32227 enables the change tracking option
32230 \begin_inset space ~
32234 \begin_inset space ~
32238 \begin_inset space ~
32243 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32246 \begin_layout Section
32247 International Support
32248 \begin_inset Index idx
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32252 International support
32260 \begin_layout Standard
32261 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32262 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32263 how to set up LyX to use them:
32264 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32266 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32273 \begin_layout Standard
32274 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32275 \begin_inset space ~
32279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32281 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32288 \begin_layout Subsection
32290 \begin_inset Index idx
32293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 \begin_inset Index idx
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32304 Document ! Settings
32310 \begin_inset Index idx
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 Document ! Language
32322 \begin_layout Standard
32325 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32328 dialog lets you set
32330 the language and character encoding for your language.
32334 \begin_layout Standard
32335 Choose your language in the
32339 section of this dialog.
32347 \begin_layout Standard
32352 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32357 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32358 For details about the different encoding options see section
32359 \begin_inset space ~
32363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32365 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
32372 \begin_layout Subsection
32373 Keyboard mapping configuration
32374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32376 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32383 \begin_layout Standard
32384 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32385 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32386 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32387 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32388 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32390 \begin_inset space ~
32394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32396 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32401 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32402 which one you want to use.
32405 \begin_layout Standard
32406 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32407 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32408 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32409 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32410 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32411 one to support the characters you want.
32412 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32419 \begin_layout Subsection
32423 \begin_layout Standard
32425 \begin_inset space ~
32429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32431 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32440 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32444 \begin_layout Standard
32445 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32446 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32454 \begin_layout Itemize
32455 Even if you have selected
32461 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32464 dialog, users who have only the
32468 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32472 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32473 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32474 french quotes won't show up.
32477 \begin_layout Standard
32478 \begin_inset Float table
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32484 \begin_inset Caption
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32489 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32507 \begin_inset Tabular
32508 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32509 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32513 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32514 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32516 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32517 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32521 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32522 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32525 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36939 \begin_layout Standard
36940 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
36942 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
36943 also the characters from
36955 \begin_layout Itemize
36964 \begin_layout Standard
36965 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36966 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36972 \begin_layout Standard
36973 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36974 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36980 \begin_layout Standard
36981 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36982 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36988 \begin_layout Standard
36989 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36990 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36996 \begin_layout Standard
36998 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37004 \begin_layout Standard
37006 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37012 \begin_layout Standard
37014 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37021 \begin_layout Itemize
37034 \begin_layout Standard
37036 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37042 \begin_layout Standard
37044 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37052 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37058 \begin_layout Standard
37060 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37066 \begin_layout Standard
37068 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37074 \begin_layout Standard
37076 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37083 \begin_layout Standard
37084 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37085 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37086 Also make sure you're using the
37093 \begin_layout Chapter
37096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37098 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37105 \begin_layout Standard
37106 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37107 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37108 topic inside the user's guide.
37111 \begin_layout Section
37113 \begin_inset Index idx
37116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37125 \begin_layout Standard
37130 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37133 \begin_layout Subsection
37137 \begin_layout Standard
37138 Creates a new document.
37141 \begin_layout Subsection
37145 \begin_layout Standard
37146 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37147 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37148 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37151 \begin_layout Subsection
37155 \begin_layout Standard
37159 \begin_layout Subsection
37163 \begin_layout Standard
37164 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37165 Click there on a file to open it.
37168 \begin_layout Subsection
37172 \begin_layout Standard
37173 Closes the current document.
37176 \begin_layout Subsection
37180 \begin_layout Standard
37181 Closes all opened documents.
37184 \begin_layout Subsection
37188 \begin_layout Standard
37189 Saves the actual document.
37192 \begin_layout Subsection
37196 \begin_layout Standard
37197 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37200 \begin_layout Subsection
37204 \begin_layout Standard
37205 Saves all opened documents.
37208 \begin_layout Subsection
37212 \begin_layout Standard
37213 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37216 \begin_layout Subsection
37220 \begin_layout Standard
37221 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37222 It is described in the section
37224 Version Control in LyX
37228 Additional Features
37233 \begin_layout Subsection
37237 \begin_layout Standard
37238 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37239 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37240 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37241 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37244 \begin_layout Standard
37245 When using the menu entry
37248 \begin_inset space ~
37253 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37257 \begin_inset space ~
37261 \begin_inset space ~
37266 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37267 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37270 \begin_layout Subsection
37272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37281 \begin_layout Standard
37282 You can export your document to various file formats.
37283 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37284 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37285 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37288 \begin_layout Standard
37289 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37291 \begin_inset space ~
37295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37297 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37304 \begin_layout Description
37306 \begin_inset space ~
37313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37320 yX format of the special LyX
37321 \begin_inset space ~
37324 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37325 \begin_inset Newline newline
37328 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37331 \begin_layout Description
37332 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37338 \begin_layout Description
37340 \begin_inset space ~
37343 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
37349 \begin_layout Description
37350 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
37351 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
37352 files paths or file names in your document.
37353 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
37360 \begin_layout Description
37361 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
37362 paths or file names
37365 \begin_layout Description
37367 \begin_inset space ~
37374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37381 eX) DVI-format using the program
37385 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
37388 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37396 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
37404 \begin_layout Description
37406 \begin_inset space ~
37409 Dot text file with code in the programming language
37413 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
37418 \begin_layout Description
37419 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37423 \begin_layout Description
37425 \begin_inset space ~
37429 \begin_inset space ~
37432 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37436 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37444 \begin_layout Description
37449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37457 \begin_inset space ~
37464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37471 eX) text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37477 \begin_layout Description
37482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37490 \begin_inset space ~
37493 (pdflatex) text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used
37494 in the document will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37498 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37501 \begin_layout Description
37506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37514 \begin_inset space ~
37517 (plain) text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used
37518 in the document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is
37526 \begin_layout Description
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37539 \begin_inset space ~
37546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37553 eX) text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37559 \begin_layout Description
37561 \begin_inset space ~
37565 \begin_inset space ~
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37579 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
37580 music notation software
37585 \begin_layout Description
37590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37598 \begin_inset space ~
37602 \begin_inset space ~
37605 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
37606 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
37610 \begin_layout Description
37615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37623 \begin_inset space ~
37626 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
37627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37642 represent the version number)
37645 \begin_layout Description
37650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37657 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37660 \begin_layout Description
37661 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
37666 \begin_layout Description
37667 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
37680 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37684 \begin_layout Description
37686 \begin_inset space ~
37689 (dvipdfm) PDF-format using the program
37693 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
37696 \begin_layout Description
37698 \begin_inset space ~
37705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37712 eX) PDF-format using the program
37716 , produces PDF-files directly
37719 \begin_layout Description
37721 \begin_inset space ~
37724 (pdflatex) PDF-format using the program
37728 , produces PDF-files directly
37731 \begin_layout Description
37733 \begin_inset space ~
37736 (ps2pdf) PDF-format using the program
37740 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
37743 \begin_layout Description
37745 \begin_inset space ~
37752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 eX) PDF-format using the program
37763 , produces PDF-files directly
37766 \begin_layout Description
37768 \begin_inset space ~
37774 \begin_layout Description
37776 \begin_inset space ~
37780 \begin_inset space ~
37783 (ps2ascii) text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript
37784 format and then exported as text using the program
37789 \begin_layout Description
37790 Postscript PostScript format using the program
37795 \begin_layout Description
37796 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
37797 programming language
37810 it is possible to use
37817 \begin_layout Standard
37818 If one of the menu entries
37825 \begin_inset space ~
37834 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37835 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37836 \begin_inset space ~
37840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37842 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37847 \begin_inset Index idx
37850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37851 Reconfiguration of LyX
37859 \begin_layout Subsection
37863 \begin_layout Standard
37864 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37865 format or send it to a printer.
37866 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37867 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37873 For more information have a look at section
37874 \begin_inset space ~
37878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37880 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37887 \begin_layout Subsection
37891 \begin_layout Standard
37892 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37893 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37894 prefix, see section
37895 \begin_inset space ~
37899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37901 reference "sec:Paths"
37906 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37915 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37916 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37917 \begin_inset space ~
37921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37923 reference "sub:Converters"
37930 \begin_layout Subsection
37931 New and Close Window
37934 \begin_layout Standard
37935 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37938 \begin_layout Subsection
37942 \begin_layout Standard
37943 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37946 \begin_layout Section
37948 \begin_inset Index idx
37951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37960 \begin_layout Subsection
37964 \begin_layout Standard
37965 Described in section
37966 \begin_inset space ~
37970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37972 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37979 \begin_layout Subsection
37980 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37983 \begin_layout Standard
37984 Described in section
37985 \begin_inset space ~
37989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37991 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37998 \begin_layout Subsection
38002 \begin_layout Standard
38003 Selects the whole document.
38006 \begin_layout Subsection
38007 Find & Replace (Quick)
38010 \begin_layout Standard
38011 Described in section
38012 \begin_inset space ~
38016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38018 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38025 \begin_layout Subsection
38026 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38029 \begin_layout Standard
38030 Described in section
38031 \begin_inset space ~
38035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38037 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38044 \begin_layout Subsection
38045 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38048 \begin_layout Standard
38049 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38053 \begin_layout Subsection
38057 \begin_layout Standard
38058 Described in section
38059 \begin_inset space ~
38063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38065 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38072 \begin_layout Subsection
38074 \begin_inset Index idx
38077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38078 Paragraph ! Settings
38086 \begin_layout Standard
38087 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38088 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38091 \begin_layout Standard
38092 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38093 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38095 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38101 \begin_inset space ~
38109 \begin_layout Subsection
38110 Table Settings and Math
38113 \begin_layout Standard
38114 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38116 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38117 The properties of tables are described in section
38118 \begin_inset space ~
38122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38124 reference "sec:Tables"
38128 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38129 \begin_inset space ~
38133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38135 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38142 \begin_layout Subsection
38143 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38146 \begin_layout Standard
38147 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38148 that can be nested.
38149 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38150 \begin_inset space ~
38154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38156 reference "sec:Nesting"
38161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38163 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38170 \begin_layout Section
38172 \begin_inset Index idx
38175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38184 \begin_layout Standard
38189 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38190 document with an external program.
38191 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38192 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38193 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38194 \begin_inset space ~
38198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38200 reference "sub:Export"
38205 You should at least see the menu entries
38212 \begin_inset space ~
38218 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38219 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38220 \begin_inset space ~
38224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38226 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38231 \begin_inset Index idx
38234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 Reconfiguration of LyX
38243 \begin_layout Standard
38244 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38245 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38246 \begin_inset space ~
38250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38252 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38257 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38260 \begin_layout Standard
38261 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38264 At the bottom of the
38268 menu the opened documents are listed.
38271 \begin_layout Subsection
38272 Open/Close all Insets
38275 \begin_layout Standard
38276 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38279 \begin_layout Subsection
38280 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38283 \begin_layout Standard
38284 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38287 \begin_layout Standard
38288 Math macros are described in the
38295 \begin_layout Subsection
38299 \begin_layout Standard
38300 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38302 \begin_inset space ~
38306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38308 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38315 \begin_layout Subsection
38319 \begin_layout Standard
38320 Opens a window showing console messages.
38321 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38325 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38326 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38329 \begin_layout Subsection
38333 \begin_layout Standard
38334 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38335 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38342 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38346 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38353 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38357 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38358 The default output format is
38361 \begin_inset space ~
38369 \begin_layout Subsection
38370 View (Other Formats)
38373 \begin_layout Standard
38374 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38377 \begin_layout Subsection
38381 \begin_layout Standard
38382 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38383 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38384 opening a new viewer window.
38387 \begin_layout Subsection
38388 Update (Other Formats)
38391 \begin_layout Standard
38392 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38393 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38396 \begin_layout Subsection
38397 View Master Document
38400 \begin_layout Standard
38401 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38417 \begin_inset space ~
38422 manual for more information on this topic).
38423 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38424 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38429 generates the output of the whole book, while
38433 will just output the chapter alone.
38436 \begin_layout Standard
38437 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38438 in the preferences (see sec.
38439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38445 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38449 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38456 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38463 \begin_layout Subsection
38464 Update Master Document
38467 \begin_layout Standard
38468 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38484 \begin_inset space ~
38489 manual for more information on this topic).
38490 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38491 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38494 \begin_layout Standard
38495 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38496 in the preferences (see sec.
38497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38503 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38507 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38514 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38521 \begin_layout Subsection
38525 \begin_layout Standard
38526 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38527 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38528 view the same document, but at different positions.
38529 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38530 or more documents at the same time.
38531 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38538 \begin_layout Subsection
38542 \begin_layout Standard
38543 Closes a split view.
38546 \begin_layout Subsection
38550 \begin_layout Standard
38551 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38552 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38553 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38554 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38555 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38558 \begin_layout Subsection
38560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38562 name "sub:Toolbars"
38567 \begin_inset Index idx
38570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38579 \begin_layout Standard
38580 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38581 All toolbars and the
38584 \begin_inset space ~
38589 can be turned on and off.
38594 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38606 \begin_inset space ~
38615 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38619 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38626 \begin_layout Standard
38631 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38635 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38636 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38637 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38638 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38639 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38642 \begin_layout Standard
38643 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38644 \begin_inset space ~
38648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38650 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38657 \begin_layout Section
38659 \begin_inset Index idx
38662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38671 \begin_layout Subsection
38675 \begin_layout Standard
38676 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38677 \begin_inset space ~
38681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38683 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38694 \begin_layout Subsection
38696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38698 name "sub:Special-Character"
38705 \begin_layout Standard
38706 Here you can insert the following characters:
38709 \begin_layout Description
38710 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38711 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38712 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38713 \begin_inset Newline newline
38717 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38725 Not all characters will be visible in the
38729 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38737 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38741 ) can display every character.
38749 \begin_layout Description
38750 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38754 \begin_layout Description
38756 \begin_inset space ~
38760 \begin_inset space ~
38763 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38764 \begin_inset space ~
38768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38770 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38777 \begin_layout Description
38779 \begin_inset space ~
38782 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
38785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38795 \begin_layout Description
38797 \begin_inset space ~
38800 Quote Inserts this quote:
38801 \begin_inset Quotes ers
38807 \begin_layout Description
38809 \begin_inset space ~
38812 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38816 \begin_layout Description
38818 \begin_inset space ~
38821 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38825 \begin_layout Description
38827 \begin_inset space ~
38830 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38834 \begin_layout Description
38836 \begin_inset space ~
38840 \begin_inset Index idx
38843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38850 \begin_inset Index idx
38853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38854 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38859 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38860 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38861 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38866 \begin_inset Index idx
38869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38870 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38876 \begin_inset Newline newline
38879 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38883 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38891 and this Wiki-page:
38892 \begin_inset Newline newline
38896 \begin_inset Flex URL
38899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38900 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38908 \begin_layout Subsection
38912 \begin_layout Standard
38913 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38916 \begin_layout Description
38917 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38918 \begin_inset script superscript
38920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38929 \begin_layout Description
38930 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38931 \begin_inset script subscript
38933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38942 \begin_layout Description
38944 \begin_inset space ~
38947 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38948 \begin_inset space ~
38952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38954 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38961 \begin_layout Description
38963 \begin_inset space ~
38966 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38967 \begin_inset space ~
38971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38973 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38980 \begin_layout Description
38982 \begin_inset space ~
38985 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38986 \begin_inset space ~
38990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38992 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38999 \begin_layout Description
39001 \begin_inset space ~
39004 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39005 \begin_inset space ~
39009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39011 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39018 \begin_layout Description
39020 \begin_inset space ~
39023 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39024 \begin_inset space ~
39028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39030 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39037 \begin_layout Description
39039 \begin_inset space ~
39042 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39043 \begin_inset space ~
39047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39049 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39056 \begin_layout Description
39057 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39058 \begin_inset space ~
39062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39064 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39071 \begin_layout Description
39073 \begin_inset space ~
39076 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39077 \begin_inset space ~
39081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39083 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39090 \begin_layout Description
39092 \begin_inset space ~
39095 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39096 \begin_inset space ~
39100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39102 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39109 \begin_layout Description
39111 \begin_inset space ~
39115 \begin_inset space ~
39118 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39119 \begin_inset space ~
39123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39125 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39132 \begin_layout Description
39134 \begin_inset space ~
39137 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39138 text line to the page border, see section
39139 \begin_inset space ~
39143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39145 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39152 \begin_layout Description
39154 \begin_inset space ~
39157 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39158 \begin_inset space ~
39162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39164 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39171 \begin_layout Description
39173 \begin_inset space ~
39176 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39177 text page to the page border, described in section
39178 \begin_inset space ~
39182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39184 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39191 \begin_layout Description
39193 \begin_inset space ~
39196 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39197 \begin_inset space ~
39201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39203 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39210 \begin_layout Description
39212 \begin_inset space ~
39216 \begin_inset space ~
39219 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39220 \begin_inset space ~
39224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39226 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39233 \begin_layout Subsection
39237 \begin_layout Standard
39238 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39239 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39241 \begin_inset space ~
39245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39247 reference "sec:toc"
39252 The index list is described in section
39253 \begin_inset space ~
39257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39259 reference "sec:Index"
39263 , the nomenclature in section
39264 \begin_inset space ~
39268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39270 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39274 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39275 \begin_inset space ~
39279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39281 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39288 \begin_layout Subsection
39292 \begin_layout Standard
39293 To insert floats, described in section
39294 \begin_inset space ~
39298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39300 reference "sec:Floats"
39307 \begin_layout Subsection
39311 \begin_layout Standard
39312 To insert notes, described in section
39313 \begin_inset space ~
39317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39319 reference "sec:Notes"
39326 \begin_layout Subsection
39330 \begin_layout Standard
39331 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39332 \begin_inset space ~
39336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39338 reference "sec:Branches"
39345 \begin_layout Subsection
39349 \begin_layout Standard
39350 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39351 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39353 An example is the document class
39354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39361 with three custom insets.
39364 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39370 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39373 \begin_layout Subsection
39375 \begin_inset Index idx
39378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39387 \begin_layout Standard
39388 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39389 files in your document.
39390 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39397 \begin_inset space ~
39405 \begin_layout Subsection
39407 \begin_inset Index idx
39410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39419 \begin_layout Standard
39420 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39427 reference "sec:Minipages"
39432 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39439 \begin_inset space ~
39447 \begin_layout Subsection
39451 \begin_layout Standard
39452 Inserts a citation as described in section
39453 \begin_inset space ~
39457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39459 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39466 \begin_layout Subsection
39470 \begin_layout Standard
39471 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39472 \begin_inset space ~
39476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39478 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39485 \begin_layout Subsection
39489 \begin_layout Standard
39490 Inserts a label as described in section
39491 \begin_inset space ~
39495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39497 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39504 \begin_layout Subsection
39506 \begin_inset Index idx
39509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39516 \begin_inset Index idx
39519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39520 Longtables ! Caption
39528 \begin_layout Standard
39529 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39530 Floats are described in section
39531 \begin_inset space ~
39535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39537 reference "sec:Floats"
39541 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39548 \begin_inset space ~
39556 \begin_layout Subsection
39560 \begin_layout Standard
39561 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39562 \begin_inset space ~
39566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39568 reference "sec:Index"
39575 \begin_layout Subsection
39579 \begin_layout Standard
39580 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39581 \begin_inset space ~
39585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39587 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39594 \begin_layout Subsection
39598 \begin_layout Standard
39600 Tables are described in section
39601 \begin_inset space ~
39605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39607 reference "sec:Tables"
39614 \begin_layout Subsection
39618 \begin_layout Standard
39620 Graphics are described in section
39621 \begin_inset space ~
39625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39627 reference "sec:Graphics"
39634 \begin_layout Subsection
39638 \begin_layout Standard
39639 Inserts an URL as described in section
39640 \begin_inset space ~
39644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39646 reference "sub:URLs"
39653 \begin_layout Subsection
39657 \begin_layout Standard
39658 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39659 \begin_inset space ~
39663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39665 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39672 \begin_layout Subsection
39676 \begin_layout Standard
39677 Inserts a footnote, see section
39678 \begin_inset space ~
39682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39684 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39691 \begin_layout Subsection
39695 \begin_layout Standard
39696 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39697 \begin_inset space ~
39701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39703 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39710 \begin_layout Subsection
39714 \begin_layout Standard
39715 Inserts a short title, see section
39716 \begin_inset space ~
39720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39722 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39729 \begin_layout Subsection
39733 \begin_layout Standard
39734 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39735 \begin_inset space ~
39739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39741 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39748 \begin_layout Subsection
39750 \begin_inset Index idx
39753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39762 \begin_layout Standard
39763 Inserts a program listings box.
39764 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39766 Program Code Listings
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39779 \begin_layout Subsection
39783 \begin_layout Standard
39784 Inserts the actual date.
39785 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39787 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39803 \begin_layout Section
39805 \begin_inset Index idx
39808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39817 \begin_layout Standard
39818 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39822 of the current document.
39823 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39826 \begin_layout Subsection
39830 \begin_layout Standard
39831 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39832 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39838 \begin_inset space \space{}
39842 \begin_inset space ~
39846 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39850 2.5 and use the menu
39853 \begin_inset space ~
39857 \begin_inset space ~
39864 \begin_inset space ~
39870 \begin_inset space ~
39874 \begin_inset space ~
39880 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39884 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39890 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39896 \begin_layout Standard
39897 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39898 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39901 \begin_layout Subsection
39902 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39905 \begin_layout Standard
39906 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39910 \begin_layout Subsection
39914 \begin_layout Standard
39915 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39916 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39917 on a cross-reference box.
39920 \begin_layout Subsection
39924 \begin_layout Standard
39925 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
39926 in the output, see section
39929 \begin_inset space ~
39937 \begin_inset space ~
39942 manual for a detailed description.
39945 \begin_layout Section
39947 \begin_inset Index idx
39950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39959 \begin_layout Subsection
39963 \begin_layout Standard
39964 Change Tracking is described in section
39965 \begin_inset space ~
39969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39971 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39978 \begin_layout Subsection
39983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39993 \begin_layout Standard
39994 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39996 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39999 \begin_layout Standard
40000 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40005 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40008 \begin_layout Subsection
40012 \begin_layout Standard
40013 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40014 \begin_inset space ~
40018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40020 reference "sec:Navigating"
40025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40027 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40034 \begin_layout Subsection
40035 Start Appendix Here
40038 \begin_layout Standard
40039 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40040 position as described in section
40041 \begin_inset space ~
40045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40047 reference "sec:Appendices"
40054 \begin_layout Subsection
40058 \begin_layout Standard
40059 Un/compresses the current document.
40062 \begin_layout Subsection
40066 \begin_layout Standard
40067 The document settings are described in appendix
40068 \begin_inset space ~
40072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40074 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40081 \begin_layout Section
40083 \begin_inset Index idx
40086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40095 \begin_layout Subsection
40099 \begin_layout Standard
40100 Spell checking is explained in section
40101 \begin_inset space ~
40105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40107 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40114 \begin_layout Subsection
40118 \begin_layout Standard
40119 The thesaurus is described in section
40120 \begin_inset space ~
40124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40126 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40133 \begin_layout Subsection
40135 \begin_inset Index idx
40138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40145 \begin_inset Index idx
40148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40157 \begin_layout Standard
40158 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40162 \begin_layout Subsection
40164 \begin_inset Index idx
40167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40176 \begin_layout Standard
40177 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40180 \begin_layout Subsection
40182 \begin_inset Index idx
40185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40186 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40197 Reconfiguration of LyX
40201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40214 \begin_inset Index idx
40217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40218 Reconfiguration of LyX
40226 \begin_layout Standard
40227 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40228 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40235 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40242 \begin_layout Subsection
40246 \begin_layout Standard
40247 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40248 \begin_inset space ~
40252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40254 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
40261 \begin_layout Section
40263 \begin_inset Index idx
40266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40275 \begin_layout Standard
40276 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40278 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40281 \begin_layout Standard
40285 \begin_inset space ~
40290 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40291 found by LyX (see also section
40292 \begin_inset space ~
40296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40298 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40305 \begin_layout Section
40307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40309 name "sec:Toolbars"
40316 \begin_layout Standard
40317 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40318 \begin_inset space ~
40322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40324 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40331 \begin_layout Standard
40332 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40333 This is described in the
40335 Additional Features
40340 \begin_layout Subsection
40342 \begin_inset Index idx
40345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40354 \begin_layout Standard
40355 \begin_inset Graphics
40356 filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40364 \begin_layout Standard
40365 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40371 \begin_layout Standard
40372 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40389 \begin_inset Note Note
40392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40393 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40398 manual for more information.
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40407 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40413 \begin_layout Standard
40414 \begin_inset Tabular
40415 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40416 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40424 \begin_inset Graphics
40425 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40439 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40452 \begin_layout Standard
40453 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40459 \begin_layout Standard
40461 \begin_inset Tabular
40462 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40463 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40464 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40465 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40489 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40496 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40519 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40526 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40549 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40565 arg "dialog-show print"
40573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40579 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40586 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40595 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40609 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40639 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40646 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40669 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40699 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40706 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40736 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40759 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40766 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40775 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40789 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40813 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40827 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40828 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40856 Emphasize text, function of the
40858 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40860 \begin_inset space ~
40871 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40892 Set text to noun style, function of the
40894 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40896 \begin_inset space ~
40907 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 arg "textstyle-apply"
40924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40928 Formats text using the current settings in the
40930 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40932 \begin_inset space ~
40943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40967 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40969 \begin_inset space ~
40978 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40987 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41008 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41015 arg "tabular-insert"
41023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41045 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41057 Toggle outline window on/off,
41059 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41066 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41075 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41087 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41093 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41102 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41114 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41127 \begin_layout Subsection
41129 \begin_inset Index idx
41132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41141 \begin_layout Standard
41142 \begin_inset Graphics
41143 filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41151 \begin_layout Standard
41152 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41158 \begin_layout Standard
41159 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41163 \begin_layout Standard
41164 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41170 \begin_layout Standard
41171 \begin_inset Tabular
41172 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41173 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41174 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41175 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41203 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41212 arg "layout Enumerate"
41220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41239 arg "layout Itemize"
41247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41284 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41293 arg "layout Description"
41301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41320 arg "depth-increment"
41328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41334 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41336 \begin_inset space ~
41340 \begin_inset space ~
41349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41358 arg "depth-decrement"
41366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41374 \begin_inset space ~
41378 \begin_inset space ~
41387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41396 arg "float-insert figure"
41404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41411 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 arg "float-insert table"
41435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41442 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41488 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41518 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41564 \begin_inset space ~
41573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41582 arg "nomencl-insert"
41590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41598 \begin_inset space ~
41607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41616 arg "footnote-insert"
41624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41646 arg "marginalnote-insert"
41654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41662 \begin_inset space ~
41671 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41694 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41695 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41706 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41715 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41736 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41759 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41766 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41806 \begin_inset space ~
41815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41824 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41839 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41855 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41870 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41872 \begin_inset space ~
41881 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41890 arg "dialog-show character"
41898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41904 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41906 \begin_inset space ~
41915 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 arg "layout-paragraph"
41932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41938 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41940 \begin_inset space ~
41949 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41958 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41972 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41986 \begin_layout Subsection
41987 View / Update Toolbar
41988 \begin_inset Index idx
41991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41992 Toolbar ! View / Update
42000 \begin_layout Standard
42001 \begin_inset Graphics
42002 filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42009 \begin_layout Standard
42010 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42016 \begin_layout Standard
42017 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42021 \begin_layout Standard
42022 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42028 \begin_layout Standard
42029 \begin_inset Tabular
42030 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42031 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42032 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42033 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42034 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42057 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42064 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42073 arg "buffer-update"
42081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42087 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42103 arg "master-buffer-view"
42111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42133 arg "master-buffer-update"
42141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42147 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42149 \begin_inset space ~
42158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42167 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42181 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42182 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42183 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42184 Synchronize with Output
42190 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42195 \begin_inset Graphics
42196 filename ../../images/view-others.png
42198 groupId toolbarbuttons
42209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42215 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42216 View (Other Formats)
42222 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42227 \begin_inset Graphics
42228 filename ../../images/update-others.png
42230 groupId toolbarbuttons
42239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42245 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42246 Update (Other Formats)
42259 \begin_layout Standard
42260 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42264 \begin_layout Subsection
42268 \begin_layout Standard
42269 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42270 \begin_inset space ~
42274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42276 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42280 , the table toolbar
42281 \begin_inset Index idx
42284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42293 \begin_inset space ~
42298 manual, the math macro toolbar
42299 \begin_inset Index idx
42302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42315 \begin_layout Chapter
42316 The Document Settings
42317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42319 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
42324 \begin_inset Index idx
42327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42328 Document ! Settings
42336 \begin_layout Standard
42337 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42338 whole document and is called with the menu
42340 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42344 You can save your document settings as default with th
42346 e Save as Document Defaults
42348 button in the dialog.
42349 This will create a template named
42353 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42357 \begin_layout Standard
42358 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42361 \begin_layout Section
42365 \begin_layout Standard
42366 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42368 Document classes are described in section
42369 \begin_inset space ~
42373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42375 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42380 Some classes use some class options by default.
42381 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42385 and you can decide to use them or not.
42386 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42387 recommended not to touch them.
42392 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
42397 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42398 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42404 When you want to use one of the following drivers
42405 \begin_inset Newline newline
42410 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42413 \begin_inset Newline newline
42416 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42421 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42423 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42435 \begin_layout Standard
42436 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42437 child or subdocument.
42438 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42439 without its master.
42440 This way child documents are always compilable.
42441 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42448 \begin_inset space ~
42456 \begin_layout Standard
42457 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
42467 \begin_inset Index idx
42470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42471 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
42477 \begin_inset Index idx
42480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42481 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
42486 for cross-references, see sec.
42487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42493 reference "sec:Cross-References"
42500 \begin_layout Section
42504 \begin_layout Standard
42505 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42506 Please refer to the section
42509 \begin_inset space ~
42517 \begin_inset space ~
42522 manual for details.
42525 \begin_layout Section
42529 \begin_layout Standard
42530 Modules are explained in section
42531 \begin_inset space ~
42535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42537 reference "sub:Modules"
42544 \begin_layout Section
42548 \begin_layout Standard
42550 \begin_inset space ~
42554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42556 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
42563 \begin_layout Section
42567 \begin_layout Standard
42568 The document font settings are described in section
42569 \begin_inset space ~
42573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42575 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42582 \begin_layout Section
42586 \begin_layout Standard
42587 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42589 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42593 \begin_layout Standard
42594 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42595 That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42596 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42599 \begin_layout Section
42603 \begin_layout Standard
42604 A description of this menu is given in section
42605 \begin_inset space ~
42609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42611 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
42616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42618 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42625 \begin_layout Section
42629 \begin_layout Standard
42630 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42631 \begin_inset space ~
42635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42637 reference "sub:Margins"
42644 \begin_layout Section
42646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42648 name "sec:Language-encodings"
42653 \begin_inset Index idx
42656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42657 Language ! Encoding
42665 \begin_layout Standard
42666 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42667 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42668 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42669 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42670 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42671 known for a particular character).
42675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42676 The known commands are defined in a text file (
42681 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
42686 manual for details.
42694 \begin_layout Standard
42695 If you use the option
42699 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
42700 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
42701 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
42702 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
42703 exactly one encoding.
42704 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
42707 \begin_layout Standard
42708 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
42709 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
42710 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
42711 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
42712 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
42713 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42718 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42719 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42720 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42721 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42722 engines to standard LaTeX.
42723 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42724 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42727 \begin_inset space ~
42734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42746 \begin_inset space ~
42753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42765 \begin_inset space ~
42771 \begin_inset space ~
42775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42777 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42782 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
42786 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
42789 \begin_layout Standard
42793 \begin_inset space ~
42798 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
42800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42808 The possible settings are:
42811 \begin_layout Description
42812 Default is the package
42817 \begin_inset Index idx
42820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42821 LaTeX-packages ! babel
42829 \begin_layout Description
42830 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
42831 format you will use.
42832 For example for the XeTeX formats the package
42837 \begin_inset Index idx
42840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42841 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
42846 will be used instead of
42853 \begin_layout Description
42855 \begin_inset space ~
42858 Babel uses in every case
42865 \begin_layout Description
42866 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
42867 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
42871 (for German texts), type in
42874 \begin_inset Newline newline
42879 usepackage{ngerman}
42882 \begin_layout Description
42883 None will not use a language package.
42884 This necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
42887 \begin_layout Standard
42888 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42891 \begin_layout Description
42893 \begin_inset space ~
42897 \begin_inset space ~
42901 \begin_inset space ~
42908 , but the LaTeX-package
42913 \begin_inset Index idx
42916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42917 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42923 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42924 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42925 languages in TeX code.
42928 \begin_layout Description
42929 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42930 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42931 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42934 \begin_layout Description
42936 \begin_inset space ~
42940 \begin_inset space ~
42943 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42946 \begin_layout Description
42948 \begin_inset space ~
42952 \begin_inset space ~
42955 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42958 \begin_layout Description
42960 \begin_inset space ~
42963 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42966 \begin_layout Description
42968 \begin_inset space ~
42972 \begin_inset space ~
42975 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42976 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42979 \begin_layout Description
42981 \begin_inset space ~
42985 \begin_inset space ~
42988 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42992 \begin_layout Description
42994 \begin_inset space ~
42998 \begin_inset space ~
43001 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43002 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43005 \begin_layout Description
43007 \begin_inset space ~
43011 \begin_inset space ~
43015 \begin_inset space ~
43018 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43019 \begin_inset space ~
43025 \begin_layout Description
43027 \begin_inset space ~
43031 \begin_inset space ~
43035 \begin_inset space ~
43038 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43039 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43042 \begin_layout Description
43044 \begin_inset space ~
43048 \begin_inset space ~
43051 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43052 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43053 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43054 \begin_inset space ~
43058 \begin_inset space ~
43064 \begin_layout Description
43066 \begin_inset space ~
43070 \begin_inset space ~
43073 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43074 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43075 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43076 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43077 \begin_inset space ~
43081 \begin_inset space ~
43087 \begin_layout Description
43089 \begin_inset space ~
43093 \begin_inset space ~
43096 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43099 \begin_layout Description
43101 \begin_inset space ~
43105 \begin_inset space ~
43108 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43111 \begin_layout Description
43113 \begin_inset space ~
43117 \begin_inset space ~
43120 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43123 \begin_layout Description
43125 \begin_inset space ~
43128 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43131 \begin_layout Description
43133 \begin_inset space ~
43136 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43139 \begin_layout Description
43141 \begin_inset space ~
43145 \begin_inset space ~
43148 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43151 \begin_layout Description
43153 \begin_inset space ~
43157 \begin_inset space ~
43163 \begin_layout Description
43165 \begin_inset space ~
43169 \begin_inset space ~
43172 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43175 \begin_layout Description
43177 \begin_inset space ~
43181 \begin_inset space ~
43187 \begin_layout Description
43189 \begin_inset space ~
43193 \begin_inset space ~
43196 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43201 \begin_inset Index idx
43204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43205 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43210 , when using this, set the document language to
43215 \begin_layout Description
43217 \begin_inset space ~
43221 \begin_inset space ~
43224 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43228 , when using this, set the document language to
43231 \begin_inset space ~
43237 \begin_layout Description
43239 \begin_inset space ~
43243 \begin_inset space ~
43246 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43251 \begin_inset Index idx
43254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43255 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43260 , when using this, set the document language to
43265 \begin_layout Description
43267 \begin_inset space ~
43271 \begin_inset space ~
43274 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43278 , when using this, set the document language to
43283 \begin_layout Description
43285 \begin_inset space ~
43289 \begin_inset space ~
43292 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43296 , when using this, set the document language to
43301 \begin_layout Description
43303 \begin_inset space ~
43306 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43309 \begin_layout Description
43311 \begin_inset space ~
43315 \begin_inset space ~
43319 \begin_inset space ~
43322 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43325 \begin_layout Description
43327 \begin_inset space ~
43331 \begin_inset space ~
43335 \begin_inset space ~
43338 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43339 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43340 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43343 \begin_layout Description
43345 \begin_inset space ~
43349 \begin_inset space ~
43355 \begin_layout Description
43357 \begin_inset space ~
43361 \begin_inset space ~
43364 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43365 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43368 \begin_layout Description
43370 \begin_inset space ~
43374 \begin_inset space ~
43377 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43382 \begin_inset Index idx
43385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43386 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43391 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43394 \begin_layout Description
43396 \begin_inset space ~
43400 \begin_inset space ~
43403 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43411 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43416 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43418 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43421 \begin_layout Description
43423 \begin_inset space ~
43427 \begin_inset space ~
43430 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43435 \begin_inset Index idx
43438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43439 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43444 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43447 \begin_layout Description
43449 \begin_inset space ~
43452 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43457 \begin_inset Index idx
43460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43461 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43467 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43471 \begin_layout Description
43473 \begin_inset space ~
43477 \begin_inset space ~
43481 \begin_inset space ~
43484 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43485 \begin_inset space ~
43491 \begin_layout Description
43493 \begin_inset space ~
43497 \begin_inset space ~
43501 \begin_inset space ~
43504 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43505 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43506 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43510 \begin_layout Description
43512 \begin_inset space ~
43516 \begin_inset space ~
43520 \begin_inset space ~
43523 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43524 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43527 \begin_layout Standard
43528 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43532 LatexCommand formatted
43533 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43537 for more information on the language package.
43540 \begin_layout Section
43542 \begin_inset Index idx
43545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43552 \begin_inset Index idx
43555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43564 \begin_layout Standard
43565 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
43567 \begin_inset space ~
43570 out notes (default: light grey).
43575 sets the color back to the default.
43578 \begin_layout Standard
43579 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
43581 \begin_inset space ~
43584 boxes (default: red).
43587 \begin_layout Standard
43588 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43592 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
43594 \begin_inset space ~
43597 out note appears blue in the output.)
43605 \begin_layout Standard
43606 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
43609 \begin_inset space ~
43614 in the document settings under
43617 \begin_inset space ~
43622 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
43625 \begin_inset space ~
43633 \begin_inset space ~
43639 For example the option
43642 \begin_layout Standard
43648 \begin_layout Standard
43649 sets the link text color to black.
43650 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
43655 \begin_inset Index idx
43658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43659 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43665 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43674 \begin_layout Standard
43675 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
43681 \begin_layout Standard
43682 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
43683 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
43684 \begin_inset space ~
43687 Code behind a forced page break:
43690 \begin_layout Itemize
43691 For the page color:
43692 \begin_inset Newline newline
43699 pagecolor{color name}
43702 \begin_layout Itemize
43703 For the text color:
43704 \begin_inset Newline newline
43714 \begin_layout Standard
43715 The color name can hereby be one of these:
43748 \begin_inset Newline newline
43751 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
43755 \begin_layout Itemize
43756 For the page background color:
43757 \begin_inset Newline newline
43762 page_backgroundcolor
43765 \begin_layout Itemize
43766 For the main text color:
43767 \begin_inset Newline newline
43775 \begin_layout Itemize
43777 \begin_inset space ~
43780 box background color:
43781 \begin_inset Newline newline
43789 \begin_layout Itemize
43791 \begin_inset space ~
43794 out note text color:
43795 \begin_inset Newline newline
43803 \begin_layout Standard
43804 How to define and use custom colors, see section
43807 \begin_inset space ~
43815 \begin_inset space ~
43823 \begin_layout Section
43827 \begin_layout Standard
43828 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43829 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43830 \begin_inset space ~
43834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43836 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43843 \begin_layout Section
43847 \begin_layout Standard
43848 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43853 \begin_inset Index idx
43856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43857 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43867 \begin_inset Index idx
43870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43871 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43877 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
43882 \begin_inset Index idx
43885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43886 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43891 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43893 For a further description see section
43894 \begin_inset space ~
43898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43900 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43907 \begin_layout Section
43911 \begin_layout Standard
43912 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43913 and you can define additional indexes.
43914 Please refer to section
43915 \begin_inset space ~
43919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43921 reference "sec:Index"
43928 \begin_layout Section
43932 \begin_layout Standard
43933 The PDF properties are explained in section
43934 \begin_inset space ~
43938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43940 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43947 \begin_layout Section
43951 \begin_layout Standard
43952 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43957 \begin_inset Index idx
43960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43961 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43971 \begin_inset Index idx
43974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43975 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43985 \begin_inset Index idx
43988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43989 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
43999 \begin_inset Index idx
44002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44003 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44008 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44011 \begin_layout Description
44012 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44013 ensure that you have enabled
44016 \begin_inset space ~
44024 \begin_layout Description
44025 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44028 \begin_inset space ~
44040 \begin_layout Description
44041 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44052 \begin_layout Description
44053 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44055 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44064 \begin_layout Section
44068 \begin_layout Standard
44069 The float placement options are described in section
44072 \begin_inset space ~
44080 \begin_inset space ~
44088 \begin_layout Section
44092 \begin_layout Standard
44093 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44095 Program Code Listings
44100 \begin_inset space ~
44108 \begin_layout Section
44112 \begin_layout Standard
44113 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44114 The itemize environment is described in section
44115 \begin_inset space ~
44119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44121 reference "sec:Itemize"
44128 \begin_layout Section
44132 \begin_layout Standard
44133 Branches are described in section
44134 \begin_inset space ~
44138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44140 reference "sec:Branches"
44147 \begin_layout Section
44149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44151 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44158 \begin_layout Standard
44159 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44162 \begin_layout Description
44164 \begin_inset space ~
44168 \begin_inset space ~
44171 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44191 View Master Document
44192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44199 Update Master Document
44200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44207 menu or the toolbar.
44208 The default is set in
44210 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44211 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44220 LatexCommand formatted
44221 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44228 \begin_layout Description
44230 \begin_inset space ~
44234 \begin_inset space ~
44237 Output settings for the menu
44239 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44247 For a detailed description see section
44249 Reverse DVI/PDF search
44254 \begin_inset space ~
44262 \begin_layout Description
44264 \begin_inset space ~
44268 \begin_inset space ~
44271 Options settings for the export format
44279 \begin_inset space ~
44284 will assure that the output follows exactly version
44285 \begin_inset space ~
44288 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
44292 \begin_inset space ~
44297 settings are described in detail in section
44299 Math Output in XHTML
44304 \begin_inset space ~
44310 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
44313 \begin_layout Section
44318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44328 \begin_layout Standard
44329 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44330 to define LaTeX-commands.
44331 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44332 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44336 \begin_layout Standard
44337 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44338 \begin_inset space ~
44342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44344 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44351 \begin_layout Chapter
44357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44359 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
44364 \begin_inset Index idx
44367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44376 \begin_layout Standard
44377 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44379 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44383 It has the following submenus.
44386 \begin_layout Section
44390 \begin_layout Subsection
44394 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44395 User Interface File
44396 \begin_inset Index idx
44399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44400 Customization ! of toolbars
44406 \begin_inset Index idx
44409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44410 Customization ! of menus
44418 \begin_layout Standard
44419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44427 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44436 \begin_layout Standard
44437 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44438 interface (ui) file.
44439 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44440 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44449 Both files are loaded by the
44454 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44455 files and edit the entries.
44458 \begin_layout Standard
44459 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44471 entries must be ended with an explicit
44496 and in the case of the
44497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44509 The syntax for the entries is:
44512 \begin_layout Standard
44513 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44541 \begin_layout Standard
44543 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44546 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44548 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44550 \begin_inset space ~
44558 \begin_layout Standard
44559 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44565 \begin_layout Standard
44566 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44568 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44571 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44575 \begin_layout Standard
44576 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44600 \begin_layout Standard
44602 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44605 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44612 \begin_layout Standard
44615 Enable tool tips in main work area
44617 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44621 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44625 \begin_layout Standard
44629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44633 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44636 restoring of window layout and geometries
44638 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44639 in the last LyX session.
44642 \begin_layout Standard
44645 Restore cursor positions
44647 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44651 \begin_layout Standard
44654 Load opened files from last session
44656 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44659 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44663 name "sub:Backup documents"
44668 \begin_inset Index idx
44671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44680 \begin_layout Standard
44685 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44688 \begin_layout Standard
44693 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44698 \begin_inset space ~
44706 \begin_layout Standard
44709 Open documents in tabs
44711 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44715 \begin_layout Subsection
44717 \begin_inset Index idx
44720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44729 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44736 \begin_layout Standard
44737 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44740 \begin_layout Standard
44741 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44749 This section only deals with the fonts
44754 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44757 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44758 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44769 \begin_layout Standard
44770 By default, LyX uses
44774 as roman (serif) font,
44782 (depends on the system) as
44785 \begin_inset space ~
44801 \begin_layout Standard
44802 You can change the font size with the
44807 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44808 current LyX session by pressing
44812 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44815 \begin_layout Standard
44820 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44821 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44826 points have the size of 1
44827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44831 \begin_inset space ~
44835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44837 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44844 \begin_layout Standard
44849 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44854 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44855 \begin_inset space ~
44859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44861 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44868 \begin_layout Standard
44871 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44873 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44874 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44875 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44876 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44878 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44879 \begin_inset space ~
44885 \begin_layout Subsection
44887 \begin_inset Index idx
44890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44897 \begin_inset Index idx
44900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44909 \begin_layout Standard
44910 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44911 Choose an item in the list and use the
44918 \begin_layout Subsection
44920 \begin_inset Index idx
44923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44932 \begin_layout Standard
44933 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44936 \begin_layout Standard
44941 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44942 This feature is described in section
44943 \begin_inset space ~
44947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44949 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44956 \begin_layout Standard
44960 \begin_inset space ~
44964 \begin_inset space ~
44968 \begin_inset space ~
44973 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44976 \begin_layout Section
44978 \begin_inset Index idx
44981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44990 \begin_layout Subsection
44994 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44998 \begin_layout Standard
45001 Cursor follows scrollbar
45003 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45007 \begin_layout Standard
45010 Sort environments alphabetically
45012 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45015 \begin_layout Standard
45018 Group environments by their category
45020 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45023 \begin_layout Standard
45024 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45036 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45040 \begin_layout Standard
45041 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45046 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45047 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45051 \begin_layout Subsection
45053 \begin_inset Index idx
45056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45063 \begin_inset Index idx
45066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45067 Settings ! Shortcuts
45075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45079 \begin_layout Standard
45080 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45081 Several binding files are available:
45084 \begin_layout Description
45085 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45088 \begin_layout Description
45089 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45100 \begin_layout Description
45101 mac.bind set of bindings for
45104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45112 \begin_layout Standard
45113 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45117 , and bind files for special languages.
45118 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45123 \begin_inset space \space{}
45127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45135 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45139 \begin_layout Standard
45140 Some bind-files, like
45144 , have only a small scope.
45145 When looking at the end of the file
45149 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45156 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45161 \begin_inset Index idx
45164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45165 Key Bindings ! Editing
45173 \begin_layout Standard
45174 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45175 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45176 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45179 Show key-bindings containing
45182 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45183 Insert there for example as keyword
45184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45191 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45201 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45202 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45206 that you will find in the
45213 \begin_layout Standard
45215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45219 \begin_inset space \space{}
45230 , select the function and press the
45235 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45236 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45237 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45238 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45239 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45241 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45243 The binding for the function
45247 is an example of this.
45250 \begin_layout Standard
45251 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45253 The syntax of the entries is:
45256 \begin_layout Standard
45262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45280 \begin_layout Subsection
45282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45284 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45289 \begin_inset Index idx
45292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45299 \begin_inset Index idx
45302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45303 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45311 \begin_layout Standard
45312 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45313 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45319 \begin_inset space \space{}
45322 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45323 can use the keyboard map file named
45330 \begin_layout Standard
45331 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45339 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45347 \begin_layout Standard
45348 Besides this, you can specify here the
45350 Wheel scrolling speed
45353 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45357 \begin_layout Subsection
45359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45361 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45366 \begin_inset Index idx
45369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45378 \begin_layout Standard
45379 Input completion is described in sec.
45380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45386 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45391 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45393 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45394 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45398 \begin_layout Section
45400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45407 \begin_inset Index idx
45410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45417 \begin_inset Index idx
45420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45429 \begin_layout Description
45431 \begin_inset space ~
45434 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45435 It is the default when you
45446 \begin_inset space ~
45454 \begin_layout Description
45456 \begin_inset space ~
45459 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45461 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45463 \begin_inset space ~
45467 \begin_inset space ~
45475 \begin_layout Description
45477 \begin_inset space ~
45480 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45486 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45490 \begin_inset Newline newline
45494 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45506 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45514 \begin_layout Description
45516 \begin_inset space ~
45520 \begin_inset Index idx
45523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45529 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45530 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45531 \begin_inset space ~
45535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45537 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45545 will be used to save the backups.
45546 \begin_inset Newline newline
45549 The backup files have the ending
45550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45560 \begin_layout Description
45565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45572 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45573 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45574 \begin_inset Newline newline
45581 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45582 You can edit this file with the program
45591 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45594 \begin_inset space ~
45600 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45605 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45606 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45612 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45613 \begin_inset Newline newline
45617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45625 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45633 \begin_layout Description
45635 \begin_inset space ~
45638 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45641 \begin_layout Description
45643 \begin_inset space ~
45646 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45647 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45648 to find it on the system.
45649 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45650 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45659 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45660 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45664 \begin_layout Section
45668 \begin_layout Standard
45669 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45670 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45672 \begin_inset space ~
45676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45678 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45682 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45685 \begin_layout Section
45687 \begin_inset Index idx
45690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45691 Language ! Settings
45697 \begin_inset Index idx
45700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45701 Settings ! Language
45709 \begin_layout Subsection
45711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45713 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45720 \begin_layout Description
45722 \begin_inset space ~
45726 \begin_inset space ~
45729 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45730 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45731 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45732 You find the actual translation status here:
45733 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45735 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45736 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45743 \begin_layout Description
45745 \begin_inset space ~
45748 language is the language used in new documents
45751 \begin_layout Description
45753 \begin_inset space ~
45756 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45758 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45759 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45776 The most widespread language package is
45781 \begin_inset Index idx
45784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45785 LaTeX-packages ! babel
45790 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45791 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45792 with the alternative language package
45797 \begin_inset Index idx
45800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45801 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
45806 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45807 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45809 The available selections are described in sec.
45810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45816 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
45823 \begin_layout Description
45825 \begin_inset space ~
45829 \begin_inset space ~
45832 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45836 \begin_layout Description
45838 \begin_inset space ~
45841 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45842 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45843 An example is the start command
45849 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45854 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45869 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45874 \begin_layout Description
45876 \begin_inset space ~
45884 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45885 command toggles the package on and off.
45888 \begin_layout Description
45890 \begin_inset space ~
45894 \begin_inset space ~
45897 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45898 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45899 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45900 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45907 \begin_layout Description
45909 \begin_inset space ~
45912 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45914 When this option is not set, the
45917 \begin_inset space ~
45922 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45923 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45926 \begin_inset space ~
45934 \begin_layout Description
45936 \begin_inset space ~
45942 \begin_inset space ~
45948 When it is not set, the
45951 \begin_inset space ~
45956 is set to the end of the document.
45959 \begin_layout Description
45961 \begin_inset space ~
45965 \begin_inset space ~
45968 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45969 language will be underlined blue.
45972 \begin_layout Description
45974 \begin_inset space ~
45978 \begin_inset space ~
45981 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45982 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45985 \begin_layout Description
45987 \begin_inset space ~
45990 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45991 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45992 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45993 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45996 \begin_layout Subsection
46000 \begin_layout Standard
46001 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46002 \begin_inset space ~
46006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46008 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46015 \begin_layout Section
46019 \begin_layout Subsection
46021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46028 \begin_inset Index idx
46031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46038 \begin_inset Index idx
46041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46050 \begin_layout Description
46052 \begin_inset space ~
46055 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46056 The name will be used when the
46061 \begin_inset Newline newline
46065 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46073 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46081 \begin_layout Description
46083 \begin_inset space ~
46086 command is the command LyX
46087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46094 LaTeX uses for printing.
46095 The default is on most systems
46102 \begin_layout Description
46104 \begin_inset space ~
46108 \begin_inset space ~
46111 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46112 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46113 of the program that provides the
46120 \begin_layout Description
46122 \begin_inset space ~
46126 \begin_inset space ~
46130 \begin_inset space ~
46133 printer This option works only for the
46138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46150 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46151 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46154 \begin_layout Subsection
46156 \begin_inset Index idx
46159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46166 \begin_inset Index idx
46169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46170 Settings ! Date format
46178 \begin_layout Standard
46179 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46180 \begin_inset Newline newline
46184 \begin_inset Flex URL
46187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46189 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46195 \begin_inset Newline newline
46198 For example the format
46199 \begin_inset Newline newline
46203 \begin_inset Newline newline
46206 prints the date as day/month/year.
46209 \begin_layout Subsection
46213 \begin_layout Description
46215 \begin_inset space ~
46219 \begin_inset space ~
46222 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46225 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46226 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46228 \begin_inset space ~
46234 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46238 \begin_layout Description
46240 \begin_inset space ~
46243 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46248 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46249 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46252 \begin_layout Subsection
46257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46267 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46272 \begin_inset Index idx
46275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46284 \begin_layout Description
46289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46297 \begin_inset space ~
46300 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46305 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46327 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46340 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46341 LyX sets up in the background.
46342 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46345 \begin_layout Description
46347 \begin_inset space ~
46351 \begin_inset space ~
46354 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46359 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46362 \begin_layout Standard
46363 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46364 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46365 manuals of the applications.
46366 Currently the following commands can be set:
46369 \begin_layout Description
46374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46382 \begin_inset space ~
46385 command Command for the program
46389 that is described in the section
46395 Additional Features
46400 \begin_layout Description
46405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46413 \begin_inset space ~
46416 command Command for the program
46420 that generates the bibliography, see section
46421 \begin_inset space ~
46425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46427 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46434 \begin_layout Description
46436 \begin_inset space ~
46439 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46440 \begin_inset space ~
46444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46446 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46453 \begin_layout Description
46455 \begin_inset space ~
46458 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46459 \begin_inset space ~
46463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46465 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46472 \begin_layout Description
46474 \begin_inset space ~
46478 \begin_inset space ~
46482 \begin_inset space ~
46486 \begin_inset space ~
46489 options They only have an effect when the program
46493 is used as DVI-viewer.
46496 \begin_layout Standard
46497 There are additionally the following options:
46500 \begin_layout Description
46502 \begin_inset space ~
46506 \begin_inset space ~
46510 \begin_inset space ~
46514 \begin_inset space ~
46518 \begin_inset space ~
46521 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46539 to separate folders.
46540 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46541 \begin_inset Index idx
46544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46551 \begin_inset Index idx
46554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46563 \begin_layout Description
46565 \begin_inset space ~
46569 \begin_inset space ~
46573 \begin_inset space ~
46577 \begin_inset space ~
46581 \begin_inset space ~
46585 \begin_inset space ~
46588 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46593 dialog when changing the document class.
46596 \begin_layout Section
46598 \begin_inset space ~
46602 \begin_inset Index idx
46605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46614 \begin_layout Subsection
46616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46618 name "sub:Converters"
46623 \begin_inset Index idx
46626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46635 \begin_layout Standard
46636 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46637 from one format to another.
46638 You can modify them or create new ones.
46639 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46646 \begin_inset space ~
46656 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46660 \begin_inset space ~
46665 drop-down list, modify the
46669 field, and press the
46676 \begin_layout Standard
46679 Converter File Cache
46681 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46684 Maximum Age (in days
46687 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46688 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46691 \begin_layout Standard
46692 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46693 the converter definition, is described in the section
46704 \begin_layout Subsection
46706 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46708 name "sec:File-Formats"
46713 \begin_inset Index idx
46716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46723 \begin_inset Index idx
46726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46735 \begin_layout Standard
46736 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46737 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46741 \begin_layout Standard
46742 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46743 is described in the section
46754 \begin_layout Standard
46755 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46756 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46757 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46758 This is done by specifying a
46763 More about this is described in the section
46774 \begin_layout Chapter
46775 Units available in LyX
46776 \begin_inset Index idx
46779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46788 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46795 \begin_layout Standard
46796 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46799 reference "cap:Units"
46803 explains all units available in LyX.
46806 \begin_layout Standard
46807 \begin_inset Float table
46813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46814 \begin_inset Caption
46816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46832 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46840 \begin_inset Tabular
46841 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46842 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46995 scaled point (65536
46996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47056 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47088 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47111 % of original image width
47118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47325 \begin_layout Chapter
47327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47336 \begin_layout Standard
47337 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47338 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47341 \begin_layout Itemize
47344 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47347 \begin_layout Itemize
47353 \begin_layout Itemize
47359 \begin_layout Itemize
47365 \begin_layout Itemize
47371 \begin_layout Itemize
47377 \begin_layout Itemize
47383 \begin_layout Itemize
47389 \begin_layout Itemize
47392 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47395 \begin_layout Itemize
47401 \begin_layout Itemize
47407 \begin_layout Itemize
47413 \begin_layout Itemize
47419 \begin_layout Itemize
47425 \begin_layout Itemize
47431 \begin_layout Itemize
47437 \begin_layout Itemize
47443 \begin_layout Itemize
47445 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47454 \begin_layout Standard
47455 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47458 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47465 \begin_layout Bibliography
47466 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47467 LatexCommand bibitem
47474 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47477 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
47482 \begin_inset Newline newline
47486 \begin_inset Flex URL
47489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47491 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
47499 \begin_layout Bibliography
47500 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47501 LatexCommand bibitem
47502 key "latexcompanion"
47506 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47508 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47511 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47514 \begin_layout Bibliography
47515 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47516 LatexCommand bibitem
47521 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47524 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47527 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47530 \begin_layout Bibliography
47531 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47532 LatexCommand bibitem
47539 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47542 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47545 \begin_layout Bibliography
47546 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47547 LatexCommand bibitem
47559 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47562 \begin_layout Bibliography
47563 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47564 LatexCommand bibitem
47570 \begin_inset Newline newline
47574 \begin_inset Flex URL
47577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47579 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47587 \begin_layout Bibliography
47588 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47589 LatexCommand bibitem
47595 \begin_inset Newline newline
47599 \begin_inset Flex URL
47602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47604 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47612 \begin_layout Bibliography
47613 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47614 LatexCommand bibitem
47620 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47622 name "Documentation"
47623 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47632 \begin_inset Newline newline
47636 \begin_inset Flex URL
47639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47641 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47649 \begin_layout Bibliography
47650 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47651 LatexCommand bibitem
47657 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47659 name "Documentation"
47660 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47664 how to use the program
47669 \begin_inset Newline newline
47673 \begin_inset Flex URL
47676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47678 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47686 \begin_layout Bibliography
47687 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47688 LatexCommand bibitem
47694 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47696 name "Documentation"
47697 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47706 \begin_inset Newline newline
47710 \begin_inset Flex URL
47713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47715 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47723 \begin_layout Bibliography
47724 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47725 LatexCommand bibitem
47731 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47733 name "Documentation"
47734 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47743 \begin_inset Newline newline
47747 \begin_inset Flex URL
47750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47752 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47760 \begin_layout Bibliography
47761 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47762 LatexCommand bibitem
47768 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47770 name "Documentation"
47771 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47775 of the LaTeX-package
47780 \begin_inset Index idx
47783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47784 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47790 \begin_inset Newline newline
47794 \begin_inset Flex URL
47797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47799 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47807 \begin_layout Bibliography
47808 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47809 LatexCommand bibitem
47815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47817 name "Documentation"
47818 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47822 of the LaTeX-package
47827 \begin_inset Index idx
47830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47831 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47837 \begin_inset Newline newline
47841 \begin_inset Flex URL
47844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47846 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47854 \begin_layout Bibliography
47855 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47856 LatexCommand bibitem
47862 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47864 name "Documentation"
47865 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47869 of the LaTeX-package
47874 \begin_inset Index idx
47877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47878 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47884 \begin_inset Newline newline
47888 \begin_inset Flex URL
47891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47893 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47901 \begin_layout Bibliography
47902 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47903 LatexCommand bibitem
47909 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47911 name "Documentation"
47912 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47916 of the LaTeX-package
47921 \begin_inset Index idx
47924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47925 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47931 \begin_inset Newline newline
47935 \begin_inset Flex URL
47938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47940 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47948 \begin_layout Bibliography
47949 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47950 LatexCommand bibitem
47956 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47958 name "Documentation"
47959 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
47963 of the LaTeX-package
47968 \begin_inset Index idx
47971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47972 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
47978 \begin_inset Newline newline
47982 \begin_inset Flex URL
47985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47987 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
47995 \begin_layout Bibliography
47996 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47997 LatexCommand bibitem
48003 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48005 name "Documentation"
48006 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
48010 of the LaTeX-package
48015 \begin_inset Index idx
48018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48019 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
48025 \begin_inset Newline newline
48029 \begin_inset Flex URL
48032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48034 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
48042 \begin_layout Bibliography
48043 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48044 LatexCommand bibitem
48050 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48052 name "Documentation"
48053 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48057 of the LaTeX-package
48062 \begin_inset Index idx
48065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48066 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48072 \begin_inset Newline newline
48076 \begin_inset Flex URL
48079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48081 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48089 \begin_layout Bibliography
48090 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48091 LatexCommand bibitem
48097 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48100 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
48104 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
48105 \begin_inset Newline newline
48109 \begin_inset Flex URL
48112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48114 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
48122 \begin_layout Bibliography
48123 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48124 LatexCommand bibitem
48130 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48133 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48137 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48138 \begin_inset Newline newline
48142 \begin_inset Flex URL
48145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48147 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48155 \begin_layout Bibliography
48156 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48157 LatexCommand bibitem
48163 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48166 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48170 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48171 \begin_inset Newline newline
48175 \begin_inset Flex URL
48178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48180 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48188 \begin_layout Bibliography
48189 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48190 LatexCommand bibitem
48196 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48199 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48203 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48204 \begin_inset Newline newline
48208 \begin_inset Flex URL
48211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48213 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48221 \begin_layout Bibliography
48222 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48223 LatexCommand bibitem
48229 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48232 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48236 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48237 \begin_inset Newline newline
48241 \begin_inset Flex URL
48244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48246 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48254 \begin_layout Bibliography
48255 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48256 LatexCommand bibitem
48262 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48265 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48269 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48270 \begin_inset Newline newline
48274 \begin_inset Flex URL
48277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48279 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48287 \begin_layout Bibliography
48288 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48289 LatexCommand bibitem
48295 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48298 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48302 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48303 \begin_inset Newline newline
48307 \begin_inset Flex URL
48310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48312 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48320 \begin_layout Bibliography
48321 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48322 LatexCommand bibitem
48328 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48331 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48335 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48336 \begin_inset Newline newline
48340 \begin_inset Flex URL
48343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48345 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48353 \begin_layout Bibliography
48354 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48355 LatexCommand bibitem
48361 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48364 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48368 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48369 \begin_inset Newline newline
48373 \begin_inset Flex URL
48376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48378 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48386 \begin_layout Bibliography
48387 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48388 LatexCommand bibitem
48394 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48397 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48401 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48402 \begin_inset Newline newline
48406 \begin_inset Flex URL
48409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48411 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48419 \begin_layout Bibliography
48420 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48421 LatexCommand bibitem
48427 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48430 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48434 about new features in
48439 \begin_inset Newline newline
48443 \begin_inset Flex URL
48446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48448 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48456 \begin_layout Standard
48457 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48491 \begin_inset Note Note
48494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48501 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48502 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48503 bibliography is the second one:
48511 \begin_layout Standard
48512 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48513 LatexCommand bibtex
48514 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48515 options "biblio/alphadin"
48522 \begin_layout Standard
48523 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48526 \begin_layout Standard
48527 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48528 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48534 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48535 LatexCommand printindex